Mailinglist Archive: opensuse-translation-commit (61 mails)

< Previous Next >
[opensuse-translation-commit] r97360 - branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po
Author: keichwa
Date: 2017-05-23 07:07:48 +0000 (Tue, 23 May 2017)
New Revision: 97360

Modified:
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/add-on.de.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/autoinst.de.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/bootloader.de.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/cio.de.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/cluster.de.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/control.de.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/country.de.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/firewall.de.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/firstboot.de.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/installation.de.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/iscsi-lio-server.de.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/kdump.de.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/network.de.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/packager.de.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/registration.de.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/reipl.de.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/rpm-groups.de.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/s390.de.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/samba-server.de.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/scanner.de.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/smt.de.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/storage.de.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/update.de.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/vm.de.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/xpram.de.po
branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/yast2-apparmor.de.po
Log:
merged

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/add-on.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/add-on.de.po 2017-05-23 07:06:46 UTC (rev
97359)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/add-on.de.po 2017-05-23 07:07:48 UTC (rev
97360)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 17:45+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -81,13 +81,14 @@
msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr "<li>Medium: %1, Pfad: %2, Produkt: %3</li>\n"

-#. set addon specific sig-handling
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+#. revert back to the unexpanded URL to have the original URL
+#. in the saved /etc/zypp/repos.d file
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:191
msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
msgstr "Stellen Sie das Add-on \"%1\" über \"%2\" bereit."

#. just report error
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:198
msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
msgstr "Add-On-Produkt konnte nicht hinzugefügt werden."

@@ -475,6 +476,5 @@
"\n"
"Wollen Sie die Benutzung von Add-on-Produkten überspringen?"

-#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4
-msgid "Language Installation"
-msgstr "Installation der Sprache"
+#~ msgid "Language Installation"
+#~ msgstr "Installation der Sprache"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/autoinst.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/autoinst.de.po 2017-05-23 07:06:46 UTC
(rev 97359)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/autoinst.de.po 2017-05-23 07:07:48 UTC
(rev 97360)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-09 02:27+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-19 02:27+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:463
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:476
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:485
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997
msgid ""
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@

#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving
#. package dependencies.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/bootloader.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/bootloader.de.po 2017-05-23 07:06:46 UTC
(rev 97359)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/bootloader.de.po 2017-05-23 07:07:48 UTC
(rev 97360)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-25 02:27+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-19 02:27+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -159,74 +159,76 @@
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:106 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:76
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:99 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:76
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr "Bootloader-Typ: %1"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:103 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:84
msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1"
msgstr "Trusted Boot aktivieren: %1"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:111 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:104 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:85
msgid "yes"
msgstr "Ja"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:111 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:104 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:85
msgid "no"
msgstr "Nein"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:117
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr "Status-Speicherort: %1"

#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:181
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:174
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr "Festplattenreihenfolge: %1"

#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation
short.
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:193
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:186
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr " (erweitert)"

#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally
specific
#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:198
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:191
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr " (MBR)"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:219
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:212
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not
install</a>)"
msgstr "Bootcode in MBR installieren (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">nicht
installieren</a>)"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:223
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a
href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr "Bootcode nicht in MBR installieren (<a
href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">installieren</a>)"

#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:233
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:226
msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do
not install</a>)"
msgstr "Bootcode in /boot-Partition installieren (<a
href=\"disable_boot_boot\">nicht installieren</a>)"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:238
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:231
msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a
href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
msgstr "Bootcode nicht in /boot-Partition installieren (<a
href=\"enable_boot_boot\">installieren</a>)"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:244
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:237
msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do
not install</a>)"
msgstr "Bootcode in \"/\"-Partition installieren (<a
href=\"disable_boot_boot\">nicht installieren</a>)"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:249
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:242
msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a
href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
msgstr "Den Bootcode nicht in die Partition \"/\" installieren (<a
href=\"enable_boot_root\">installieren</a>)"

#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:274
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:267
msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know
what you are doing please select above location."
msgstr "Warnung: Kein Speicherort für Bootloader-Stufe 1 ausgewählt. Wenn Sie
nicht über Expertenkenntnisse verfügen, wählen Sie den obigen Speicherort aus."

#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:282
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:275
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr "Speicherort ändern: %s"

@@ -344,14 +346,21 @@

#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it
#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:301
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2\n"
+#| "instead of regular GRUB2.</p>\n"
+#| "<p>It means measuring the integrity of the boot process,\n"
+#| "with the help from the hardware (a TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n"
+#| "chip).</p>\n"
+#| "<p>First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n"
+#| "setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2\n"
"instead of regular GRUB2.</p>\n"
"<p>It means measuring the integrity of the boot process,\n"
"with the help from the hardware (a TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n"
"chip).</p>\n"
-"<p>First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n"
-"setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Mit <b>Trusted Boot</b> wird TrustedGRUB2\n"
"anstelle des regulären GRUB2 installiert.</p>\n"
@@ -362,10 +371,16 @@
"aktiviert ist (die Einstellung kann beispielsweise \"Security Chip\"
heißen).</p>\n"
"\n"

+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:307
+msgid ""
+"<p>First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n"
+"setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096
#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot
#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556)
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:327
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:331
msgid ""
"Trusted Platform Module not found.\n"
"Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n"
@@ -376,30 +391,30 @@
"Anderenfalls kann das System nicht booten."

#. Represents grub password protection widget
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:347
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr "Bootload&er durch Passwort schützen"

#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:353
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357
msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
msgstr "&Nur Eintragsänderungen schützen"

#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:359
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:363
msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'"
msgstr "&Passwort für GRUB2-Benutzer 'root'"

#. text entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:362
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:366
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr "Passwor&t wiederholen"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:373
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:377
msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr "Das Passwort muss einen Eintrag enthalten."

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:380
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:384
msgid ""
"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
"do not match. Retype the password."
@@ -408,7 +423,7 @@
"sind nicht identisch. Bitte erneut eingeben."

#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:433
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:437
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password.
If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is
not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way
GRUB 1 behaved). As side-effect of this option, rd.shell=0 is added to kernel
parameters, to prevent an unauthorized access to the initrd shell.<br>YaST will
only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The
password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux
'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use
a separate GRUB2 script.</p>"
@@ -417,7 +432,7 @@
"Beim Bootvorgang ist zum Bearbeiten und auch zum Booten eines Eintrags
jeweils das Passwort erforderlich. Wenn die Option <b>Nur Eintragsänderungen
schützen</b> aktiviert ist, ist das Booten von Einträgen nicht eingeschränkt;
für das Ändern von Einträgen ist jedoch das Passwort erforderlich (so wie in
GRUB 1). Als Nebeneffekt dieser Option wird rd.shell=0 in die Kernel-Parameter
eingefügt, sodass ein unbefugter Zugriff auf die initrd-Shell verhindert
wird.<br>YaST akzeptiert das Passwort nur dann, wenn Sie es unter <b>Passwort
wiederholen</b> erneut eingeben. Es handelt sich hier um das Passwort des
GRUB2-Benutzers 'root', der nicht mit dem Linux-Benutzer 'root' identisch ist.
YaST unterstützt derzeit keine anderen GRUB2-Benutzer. Falls diese Benutzer
erforderlich sind, müssen Sie ein gesondertes GRUB2-Skript verwenden.</p>"

#. Translators: do not translate the quoted parts like "unit"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:466
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:470
msgid ""
"<p>When a graphical console is used it allows to use various display
resolutions. The <tt>auto</tt> option tries to find the best one when booting
starts.</p>\n"
"<p>When a serial console is used the boot output will be printed to a serial
device like <tt>ttyS0</tt>. At least the <tt>--unit</tt> option has to be
specified, and the complete syntax is <tt>%s</tt>. Other parts are optional and
if not set, a default is used. <tt>NUM</tt> in commands stands for a positive
number like 8. Example parameters are <tt>serial --speed=38400
--unit=0</tt>.</p>"
@@ -426,12 +441,12 @@
"<p>Bei Verwendung einer seriellen Konsole wird die Boot-Ausgabe auf einem
seriellen Gerät wie <tt>ttyS0</tt> gedruckt. Sie müssen mindestens die Option
<tt>--unit</tt> angeben; die vollständige Syntax lautet <tt>%s</tt>. Andere
Bestandteile sind optional und wenn Sie diese Teile nicht angeben, wird ein
Standardwert herangezogen. <tt>NUM</tt> im Befehl steht für eine positive Zahl
wie 8. Beispiele für Parameter: <tt>serial --speed=38400 --unit=0</tt>.</p>"

#. there's mode specified, use it
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:507
msgid "To enable serial console you must provide the corresponding arguments."
msgstr "Zum Aktivieren der seriellen Konsole müssen Sie die entsprechenden
Argumente angeben."

#. Translators: do not translate "unit"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:510
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:514
msgid ""
"To enable the serial console you must provide the corresponding arguments.\n"
"The \"unit\" argument is required, the complete syntax is:\n"
@@ -441,7 +456,7 @@
"Das Argument \"unit\" ist erforderlich; die vollständige Syntax lautet:\n"
"%s"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:551
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:555
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr "Neue Datei mit grafischeḿ Thema wählen"

@@ -449,40 +464,40 @@
#. to be substituted in a command like
#. "serial --unit=NUM --speed=NUM --parity={odd|even|no} --word=NUM --stop=NUM"
#. so do not use punctuation
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:567
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571
msgid "NUM"
msgstr "NUM"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:574
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:578
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr "&Grafik-Konsole benutzen"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:579
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:583
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr "Konsolen&auflösung"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:584
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:588
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "&Konsolen-Thema"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:615
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:619
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr "Automatisch durch grub2 erkannt"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:623
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:627
msgid "Use &serial console"
msgstr "&Serielle Konsole benutzen"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:630
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:634
msgid "&Console arguments"
msgstr "&Konsolen-Argumente"

#. represent choosing default section to boot
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:647
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:651
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr "Standar&d-Bootabschnitt"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:651
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:655
msgid ""
"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n"
"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n"
@@ -499,40 +514,40 @@
"Menü kann mit den Tasten <b>Auf</b> und <b>Ab</b> geändert werden.</p>\n"

#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:686
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:690
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr "Speicherort des Bootloaders"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:744
msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked"
msgstr "Bei Auswahl muss ein benutzerdefiniertes Bootgerät angegeben werden"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:768
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:772
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr "Aus Boo&tpartition starten"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:769
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:773
msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition"
msgstr "Aus Root-Partition boo&ten"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:770
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:774
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr "Aus &Master-Boot-Record starten"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:775
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr "Aus &erweiterter Partition starten"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:782
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:786
msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
msgstr "Ben&utzerdefinierte Bootpartition"

#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:795
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:799
msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order"
msgstr "Festplatten-Bootreihenfolge &bearbeiten"

-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:801
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:805
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -547,17 +562,17 @@
"zum Entfernen <b>Entfernen</b>.</p>"

#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:822
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:826
msgid "&Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "&Kernel-Parameter"

#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:847
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:851
msgid "Boot Co&de Options"
msgstr "Boot&code-Optionen"

#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or
password protection
-#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:913
+#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:921
msgid "Boot&loader Options"
msgstr "Boot&loader-Optionen"


Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/cio.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/cio.de.po 2017-05-23 07:06:46 UTC (rev
97359)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/cio.de.po 2017-05-23 07:07:48 UTC (rev
97360)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: cio\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-21 00:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 17:45+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -40,13 +40,13 @@
msgstr "Belegt"

#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "yes"
+msgstr "Ja"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
msgid "no"
msgstr "Nein"

-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "yes"
-msgstr "Ja"
-
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
msgid "Filter channels"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/cluster.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/cluster.de.po 2017-05-23 07:06:46 UTC (rev
97359)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/cluster.de.po 2017-05-23 07:07:48 UTC (rev
97360)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: cluster\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-06 02:28+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
msgid "Redundant IP Address"
msgstr "Redundante IP-Adresse"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504
msgid "Node ID"
msgstr "Knoten-ID"

@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
msgstr "'Erwartete Votes' muss angegeben werden, wenn ein Multitask-Transport
konfiguriert wird"

#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1432
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr "'Multicast-Adresse' muss angegeben werden"

@@ -137,61 +137,61 @@
msgstr "Bei Verwendung mehrerer Benutzeroberflächen stehen nur 'Passiv' und
'Aktiv' zur Auswahl. Auf 'Passiv' festlegen."

#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444
msgid "Transport:"
msgstr "Transport:"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:452
msgid "Channel"
msgstr "Kanal"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
msgid "Bind Network Address:"
msgstr "Netzwerkadresse zuweisen:"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:463 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr "Multicast-IP-Adresse:"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479
-msgid "Multicast Port:"
-msgstr "Multicast Port:"
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:465 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:482
+msgid "Port:"
+msgstr "Port:"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:472
msgid "Redundant Channel"
msgstr "Redundanter Kanal"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Cluster Name:"
msgstr "Clustername:"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "Expected Votes:"
msgstr "Erwartete Votes:"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:493
msgid "rrp mode:"
msgstr "RRP-Modus:"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Auto Generate Node ID"
msgstr "Knoten-ID automatisch erzeugen"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:503
msgid "Member Address:"
msgstr "Mitgliedsadresse:"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:504
msgid "Redundant IP"
msgstr "Redundante IP-Adresse"

#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:544
msgid ""
" NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n"
" Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings."
@@ -200,123 +200,123 @@
" Konfigurieren Sie die Mitgliedsliste neu und bestätigen Sie alle anderen
Einstellungen."

#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:720
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr "Sicherheitsauthentifizierung aktivieren"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate
/etc/corosync/authkey."
msgstr "Bei einem soeben erstellten Cluster erzeugen Sie
''/etc/corosync/authkey'' mit der nachstehenden Schaltfläche."

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:729
msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from
other nodes manually."
msgstr "Um einem existierenden Cluster beizutreten, kopieren Sie bitte
/etc/corosync/authkey manuell von anderen Cluster-Knoten."

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:755
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr "Fehler beim Erstellen von /etc/corosync/authkey"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:757
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr "/etc/corosync/authkey erfolgreich erstellt"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:818 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:888
msgid "Running"
msgstr "Wird ausgeführt"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:820
msgid "Not running"
msgstr "Wird nicht ausgeführt"

#. servie:cluster is the name of
/etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "Systemstart"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr "Ein -- Pacemaker wird beim Booten gestartet"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:873
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr "Aus -- Pacemaker manuell starten"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "Ein- und ausschalten"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:887
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "Aktueller Status: "

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:896
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Schrittmacher jetzt starten"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:897
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Schrittmacher jetzt anhalten"

#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr "Host synchronisieren"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:999 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Hinzufügen"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1000 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1012
msgid "Del"
msgstr "Löschen"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1001 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1013
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Bearbeiten"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr "Datei synchronisieren"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1014
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr "Vorgeschlagene Dateien hinzufügen"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1023
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr "Pre-Shared-Keys generieren (\"vorher vereinbarte Schlüssel\")"

#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr "Csync2-Status unbekannt"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr "csync2 ANschalten"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1154
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr "csync2 AUSschalten"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1184
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr "Geben Sie einen Hostnamen ein"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1198
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr "Hostnamen ändern"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr "zu synchronisierenden Dateinamen eingeben"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1227
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr "Dateiname ändern"

#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1259
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
@@ -325,12 +325,12 @@
"Wollen Sie sie überschreiben?"

#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1269
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr "Das Löschen der Schlüsseldatei %1 ist fehlgeschlagen."

#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1283
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
@@ -338,12 +338,12 @@
"Die Schlüsseldatei %1 wurde angelegt.\n"
"Klicken auf den \"Vorgeschlagene Dateien hinzufügen\"-Knopf fügt sie zur
Synchronisierungsliste hinzu."

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1290
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr "Das Erstellen des Schlüssels schlug fehl."

#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1352
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between
cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
@@ -353,23 +353,23 @@
"Mit YaST können Sie einige grundlegende Aspekte von conntrackd
konfigurieren.\n"
"Der Daemon muss mit ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd gestartet werden."

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr "Dedizierte Schnittstelle:"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "IP:"
msgstr "IP:"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1369
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr "Gruppennummer:"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1373
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr "/etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf erzeugen"

-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1440
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr "Gruppennummer muss eine positive Ganzzahl sein"

@@ -588,3 +588,6 @@
#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Einstellungen können nicht geschrieben werden."
+
+#~ msgid "Multicast Port:"
+#~ msgstr "Multicast Port:"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/control.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/control.de.po 2017-05-23 07:06:46 UTC (rev
97359)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/control.de.po 2017-05-23 07:07:48 UTC (rev
97360)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -58,10 +58,16 @@

#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up
\n"
+#| "to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
+#| "configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
+#| "defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n"
-"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
-"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
+"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up\n"
+"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is\n"
+"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings\n"
"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Die Anpassungen durch Systemrollen reichen von der Paketauswahl bis hin \n"
@@ -111,10 +117,8 @@
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Installationseinstellungen"

@@ -127,183 +131,167 @@
msgstr "Experten"

#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42
-msgid "Live Installation Settings"
-msgstr "Direkte Installationseinstellungen"
-
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Update-Einstellungen"

+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Netzwerkkonfiguration"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47
msgid "Network Services Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration von Netzwerk-Services"

+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "Hardware-Konfiguration"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "Vorbereitung"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "Linuxrc-Netzwerkkonfiguration laden"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr "Automatische Netzwerkeinrichtung"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
msgid "Installer Update"
msgstr "Installer-Aktualisierung"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "Willkommen"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "Netzwerkaktivierung"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Datenträgeraktivierung"

+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr "Systemanalyse"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83
msgid "Add-On Products"
msgstr "Add-On-Produkte"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Festplatte"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Zeitzone"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Installation"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64
msgid "Installation Summary"
msgstr "Installationsüberblick"

+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "Installation durchführen"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115
msgid "Installer Cleanup"
msgstr "Installer-Bereinigung"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr "System für Update"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Update"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85
msgid "Update Summary"
msgstr "Update-Zusammenfassung"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Update ausführen"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "Basisinstallation"

+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110
#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr "AutoYaST-Einstellungen"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration"

-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138
-#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr "Systemkonfiguration"

@@ -331,18 +319,17 @@
"</p>\n"
" "

-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "linuxrc-Netzwerkkonfiguration laden"

+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr "Benutzereinstellungen"

-#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "Installationsübersicht"

@@ -406,7 +393,9 @@
msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop"
msgstr "KDE Plasma-Desktop"

+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
msgid "Server (Text Mode)"
msgstr "Server (Textmodus)"

@@ -426,11 +415,114 @@
msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
msgstr "Enlightenment-Desktop"

+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Computer"
+msgid "Computer Role"
+msgstr "Computer"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n"
+#| "for the selected scenario."
+msgid ""
+"Computer Role is a predefined use case which tailor the system\n"
+"for the selected scenario."
+msgstr ""
+"Systemrollen sind vordefinierte Anwendungsfälle, die das System\n"
+"dem ausgewählten Szenario anpassen."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up
\n"
+#| "to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n"
+#| "configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n"
+#| "defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>The computer role adjustments are in the range from package selection up\n"
+"to running additional services. By choosing a computer role, the system is\n"
+"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. For the
<em>Custom</em> role\n"
+"an additional dialog is displayed which allows manual software pattern
selection. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Die Anpassungen durch Systemrollen reichen von der Paketauswahl bis hin \n"
+"zur Plattenpartitionierung. Durch Auswahl einer Systemrolle wird das System
\n"
+"entsprechend des Anwendungsfalls der Rolle konfiguriert. Die durch \n"
+"eine Rolle vorgegebenen Einstellungen können bei Bedarf im nächsten Schritt
überschrieben werden.</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+msgid "Workstation with KDE Plasma"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n"
+#| "environment that uses Kontact as mailer,\n"
+#| "Dolphin as file manager, and offers\n"
+#| "both Firefox and Konqueror as Web browsers.\n"
+msgid ""
+"KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop environment that uses Kontact as
mailer,\n"
+"Dolphin as file manager, and offers both Firefox and Konqueror as Web
browsers.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"KDE ist eine leistungsfähige und intuitive Desktop-Umgebung,\n"
+"die Kontact als E-Mail-Programm und\n"
+"Konqueror als Datei-Manager verwendet; zudem können sowohl\n"
+"Firefox als auch Konqueror als Webbrowser verwendet werden.\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
+msgid "Workstation with GNOME"
+msgstr ""
+
#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n"
+#| "environment that uses Evolution as mailer,\n"
+#| "Firefox as browser, and Nautilus as file manager.\n"
+msgid ""
+"GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop environment that uses Evolution as
mailer,\n"
+"Firefox as browser, and Nautilus as file manager.\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+"GNOME ist eine leistungsstarke und intuitive Desktop-\n"
+"Umgebung, in der Evolution als Email-Programm,\n"
+" Firefox als Browser und Nautilus als\n"
+"Dateiverwaltungsprogramm verwendet wird.\n"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
+msgid "Server is usefull when computer should not have interaction with user
and have only command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
+msgid "Custom"
+msgstr "Benutzerdefiniert"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
+msgid "Custom role runs additional dialog where user can select software that
fits his requirements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Server Pattern Selection"
+msgid "Custom Pattern Selection"
+msgstr "Server-Musterauswahl"
+
+#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
msgid "Online Repositories"
msgstr "Online-Repositorys"

-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "Desktop auswählen"
+#~ msgid "Live Installation Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Direkte Installationseinstellungen"
+
+#~ msgid "Desktop Selection"
+#~ msgstr "Desktop auswählen"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/country.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/country.de.po 2017-05-23 07:06:46 UTC (rev
97359)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/country.de.po 2017-05-23 07:07:48 UTC (rev
97360)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: country\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-25 02:28+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 19:06+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@

#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388
+#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402
msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1"
msgstr "Aktuelle Tastaturbelegung: %1"

@@ -57,11 +57,9 @@

#. menue label text
#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout'
-#. widget label
#. menu button label
#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187
-#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:40
#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78
msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
msgstr "&Tastaturbelegung"
@@ -204,25 +202,12 @@
msgid "System Keyboard Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration der Systemtastatur"

-#. help text for keyboard selection widget
-#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:80
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Choose the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
-"installation and on the installed system.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Wählen Sie die <b>Tastaturbelegung</b> aus, die bei der Installation und
für\n"
-"das installierte System verwendet werden soll.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system
#. or continue with the one defined by his language.
#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label.
#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update,
#. it is not saved to the system.
-#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313
msgid ""
"You are currently using a keyboard layout\n"
"different from the one in the system to update.\n"
@@ -234,7 +219,7 @@

#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting
#. any error to the user
-#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498
+#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513
msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'"
msgstr "Fehler beim Festlegen der X11-Tastastur auf '%s'"

@@ -342,8 +327,8 @@

#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885
+#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884
msgid "Additional Languages: %1"
msgstr "Zusätzliche Sprachen: %1"

@@ -605,7 +590,7 @@

#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced
#. with variable content - do not translate them, please.
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406
msgid ""
"Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n"
"available at %{directory}.\n"
@@ -619,19 +604,19 @@

#. summary label
#. summary label
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866
msgid "Primary Language: %1"
msgstr "Primäre Sprache: %1"

#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager
#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false);
#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "Installieren der Pakete..."

#. continue/cancel message
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130
msgid ""
"Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n"
"Some texts may be displayed in English.\n"
@@ -640,18 +625,18 @@
"Einige Texte könnten in Englisch angezeigt werden.\n"

#. popup message
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344
msgid ""
"Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n"
-"Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n"
+"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the
appropriate support\n"
"for this language.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Dieses Medium enthält nur eingeschränkte Unterstützung für die ausgewählte
Sprache.\n"
-"Aktivieren Sie später die Online-Repositorys, damit diese Sprache\n"
-"entsprechend unterstützt wird.\n"
+"Dieses Medium enthält nur minimale Unterstützung für die ausgewählte
Sprache.\n"
+"Fügen Sie die Sprach-Add-on-CD als ein zusätzliches Repository hinzu,\n"
+"um die angemessene Unterstützung für diese Sprache zu erhalten.\n"

#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode)
-#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374
+#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373
msgid ""
"The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n"
"installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system."
@@ -703,8 +688,8 @@
#. label text (Clock setting)
#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration
as a map.
#. @return summary string (html)
-#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985
+#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969
msgid "UTC"
msgstr "UTC (GMT)"

@@ -961,315 +946,287 @@

#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC)
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973
msgid "Local Time"
msgstr "Lokale Zeit"

#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977
msgid "Hardware Clock Set To"
msgstr "Rechneruhr eingestellt auf"

#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755
msgid "NTP configured"
msgstr "NTP konfiguriert"

#. summary label
-#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997
+#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981
msgid "Current Time Zone: %1"
msgstr "Aktuelle Zeitzone: %1"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:35
msgid "English (US)"
msgstr "Englisch (US)"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:47
msgid "English (UK)"
msgstr "Englisch (GB)"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:59
msgid "German"
msgstr "Deutsch"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:71
msgid "German (with deadkeys)"
msgstr "Deutsch (mit \"toten\" Tasten)"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:83
msgid "German (Switzerland)"
msgstr "Deutsch (Schweiz)"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:95
msgid "French"
msgstr "Französisch"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:107
msgid "French (Switzerland)"
msgstr "Französisch (Schweiz)"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:119
msgid "French (Canada)"
msgstr "Französisch (Kanada)"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:132
msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)"
msgstr "Kanadisch (mehrsprachig)"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145
msgid "Spanish"
msgstr "Spanisch"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157
msgid "Spanish (Latin America)"
msgstr "Spanisch (Lateinamerika)"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169
msgid "Spanish (CP 850)"
msgstr "Spanisch (CP 850)"

#. keyboard layout
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181
+msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)"
+msgstr "Spanisch (Asturianisch)"
+
+#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204
msgid "Italian"
msgstr "Italienisch"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216
msgid "Portuguese"
msgstr "Portugiesisch"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)"
msgstr "Portugiesisch (Brasilien)"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240
msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)"
msgstr "Portugiesisch (Brasilien, mit US-Sonderzeichen)"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252
msgid "Greek"
msgstr "Griechisch"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264
msgid "Dutch"
msgstr "Holländisch"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276
msgid "Danish"
msgstr "Dänisch"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288
msgid "Norwegian"
msgstr "Norwegisch"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300
msgid "Swedish"
msgstr "Schwedisch"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312
msgid "Finnish"
msgstr "Finnisch"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324
msgid "Czech"
msgstr "Tschechisch"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336
msgid "Czech (qwerty)"
msgstr "Tschechisch (qwerty)"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348
msgid "Slovak"
msgstr "Slowakisch"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360
msgid "Slovak (qwerty)"
msgstr "Slowakisch (qwerty)"

#. keyboard layout
#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372
msgid "Slovene"
msgstr "Slowenisch"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387
msgid "Hungarian"
msgstr "Ungarisch"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401
msgid "Polish"
msgstr "Polnisch"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415
msgid "Russian"
msgstr "Russisch"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429
msgid "Serbian"
msgstr "Serbokroatisch"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441
msgid "Estonian"
msgstr "Estnisch"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453
msgid "Lithuanian"
msgstr "Litauisch"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465
msgid "Turkish"
msgstr "Türkisch"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476
msgid "Croatian"
msgstr "Kroatisch"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japanisch"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510
msgid "Belgian"
msgstr "Belgisch"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522
msgid "Dvorak"
msgstr "Dvorak"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534
msgid "Icelandic"
msgstr "Isländisch"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546
msgid "Ukrainian"
msgstr "Ukrainisch"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568
msgid "Khmer"
msgstr "Khmer"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590
msgid "Korean"
msgstr "Koreanisch"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612
msgid "Arabic"
msgstr "Arabisch"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633
msgid "Tajik"
msgstr "Tadschikisch"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647
msgid "Traditional Chinese"
msgstr "Traditionelles Chinesisch"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669
msgid "Simplified Chinese"
msgstr "Vereinfachtes Chinesisch"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691
msgid "Romanian"
msgstr "Rumänisch"

#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621
+#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712
msgid "US International"
msgstr "US International"

-#. keyboard layout
-#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192
-msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)"
-msgstr "Spanisch (Asturianisch)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Choose the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
+#~ "installation and on the installed system.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "Wählen Sie die <b>Tastaturbelegung</b> aus, die bei der Installation und
für\n"
+#~ "das installierte System verwendet werden soll.\n"
+#~ "</p>\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this
media.\n"
+#~ "Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n"
+#~ "for this language.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Dieses Medium enthält nur eingeschränkte Unterstützung für die ausgewählte
Sprache.\n"
+#~ "Aktivieren Sie später die Online-Repositorys, damit diese Sprache\n"
+#~ "entsprechend unterstützt wird.\n"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/firewall.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/firewall.de.po 2017-05-23 07:06:46 UTC
(rev 97359)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/firewall.de.po 2017-05-23 07:07:48 UTC
(rev 97360)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firewall\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-11 02:28+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: combo box
#. TRANSLATORS: select box
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:865
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:886
msgid "&Service to Allow"
msgstr "Zu erlaubender &Dienst"

@@ -817,7 +817,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: select box
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573
#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1980
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2001
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Protokoll"

@@ -1196,55 +1196,78 @@

#. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall
#. to be stopped after exiting YaST
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:147
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:148
msgid "Stopping firewall..."
msgstr "Firewall wird gestoppt..."

+#. TRANSLATORS: action which failed, used later
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:161
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Device could not be opened."
+msgid "The firewall could not be stopped."
+msgstr "Gerät konnte nicht geöffnet werden."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: action which failed, used later
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:164
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Firewall not running or would not be started."
+msgid "The firewall could not be started."
+msgstr "Firewall wird nicht ausgeführt oder lässt sich nicht starten."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is action that failed
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:169
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please install yast2-registration and try again."
+msgid ""
+"%s\n"
+"Please verify your system and try again."
+msgstr "Installieren Sie yast2-registration und versuchen Sie es erneut."
+
#. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:184
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:205
msgid "No zone assigned"
msgstr "Keine Zone zugewiesen"

#. TRANSLATORS: table item, "User defined string" instead of Device_name
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:224
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:245
msgid "Custom string"
msgstr "Benutzerdefinierter String"

#. interface could be unassigned
#. TRANSLATORAS: selection box item, connected with firewall zone of interface
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:288
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:309
msgid "No Zone Assigned"
msgstr "Keine Zone zugewiesen"

#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:487
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:508
msgid "Port number %1 is invalid."
msgstr "Portnummer %1 ist ungültig."

#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number,
#. %2 stands for, e.g., port range, where the wrong port definition %1 was
found
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:492
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:513
msgid "Port number %1 in definition %2 is invalid."
msgstr "Portnummer %1 in Definition %2 ist ungültig."

#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:500
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:521
msgid "Invalid Port Definition"
msgstr "Ungültige Portdefinition"

#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number
#. that is possible to use in port-range
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:527
msgid "The port number must be in the interval from 1 to %1 (inclusive)."
msgstr "Die Portnummer muss im Intervall zwischen 1 und %1 (einschließlich)
liegen."

#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:605
msgid "Invalid Port Range Definition"
msgstr "Ungültige Definition für Portbereich"

#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:587
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:608
msgid ""
"Port range %1 is invalid.\n"
"It must be defined as the min_port_number:max_port_number and\n"
@@ -1255,12 +1278,12 @@
" Max_Portnummer muss größer sein als Min_Portnummer."

#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:604
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:625
msgid "Unknown Port Name"
msgstr "Unbekannter Port-Name "

#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:607
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:628
msgid ""
"Port name %1 is unknown in your current system.\n"
"It probably would not work.\n"
@@ -1271,12 +1294,12 @@
"Möchten Sie diesen Port wirklich verwenden?\n"

#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:636
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:657
msgid "Invalid Additional Service Definition"
msgstr "Ungültige Definition eines zusätzlichen Diensts"

#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be
quite long)
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:639
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:660
msgid ""
"It appears that the additional service settings\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1295,22 +1318,22 @@
#. )
#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ?
#. TRANSLATORS: informative label
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056
msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other
interface."
msgstr "Masquerading erfordert mindestens eine externe Schnittstelle und eine
andere."

#. TRANSLATORS: popup message
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1077
msgid "This entry must be completed."
msgstr "Dieser Eintrag muss vorgenommen werden."

#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this
message
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1080
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1101
msgid "Wrong port definition."
msgstr "Ungültige Port-Definition"

#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1107
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1128
msgid ""
"Wrong port definition.\n"
"No port number found for this port name.\n"
@@ -1321,17 +1344,17 @@
"Verwenden Sie anstelle des Port-Namens die Port-Nummer.\n"

#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1136
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1157
msgid "Invalid IP definition."
msgstr "Ungültige IP-Definition."

#. TRANSLATORS: check box
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1463
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1484
msgid "&Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets"
msgstr "Nicht akzeptierte Broadcast-Pakete &protokollieren"

#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1524
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1545
msgid ""
"Firewall automatic starting has been disabled\n"
"but firewall is currently running.\n"
@@ -1344,71 +1367,71 @@
"Soll die Firewall gestoppt werden, nachdem die neue Konfiguration geschrieben
wurde?\n"

#. network is mandatory
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1703
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1910
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1724
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1931
msgid "Invalid network definition '%1'"
msgstr "Ungültige Netzwerkdefinition: '%1'"

#. destination port is optional
#. source port is optional
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1721
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1752
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1742
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1773
msgid "Invalid port range '%1'"
msgstr "Ungültiger Port-Bereich '%1'"

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1733
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1764
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1924
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1754
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1785
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1945
msgid "Invalid port name or number '%1'"
msgstr "Ungültiger Port-Name oder -Nummer '%1'"

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1827
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1848
msgid "All services using UDP"
msgstr "Alle Dienste, die UDP benutzen"

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1829
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1850
msgid "All services using TCP"
msgstr "Alle Dienste, die TCP benutzen"

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1831
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1852
msgid "Samba browsing"
msgstr "Samba-Browsing"

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1833
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1854
msgid "SLP browsing"
msgstr "SLP-Browsing"

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1845
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1866
msgid "All networks"
msgstr "Alle Netzwerke"

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1847
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1868
msgid "Subnet: %1"
msgstr "Subnetz: %1"

#. hard-coded default
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1952
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1973
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr "&Zone"

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1956
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1977
msgid "&Network"
msgstr "&Netzwerk"

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1963
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1984
msgid "&Service"
msgstr "&Dienst"

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1969
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1990
msgid "User-defined service"
msgstr "Benutzerdefinierter Dienst"

-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1994
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2015
msgid "Po&rt"
msgstr "Po&rt"

#. redraw table
-#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2089
+#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2110
msgid "Select an item to delete."
msgstr "Eintrag zum Löschen auswählen."


Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/firstboot.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/firstboot.de.po 2017-05-23 07:06:46 UTC
(rev 97359)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/firstboot.de.po 2017-05-23 07:07:48 UTC
(rev 97360)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-21 00:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 17:46+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -113,13 +113,13 @@
msgstr "Label"

#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+msgid "Module Name"
+msgstr "Modulname"
+
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"

-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Module Name"
-msgstr "Modulname"
-
#. translators: dialog text
#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
msgid ""

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/installation.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/installation.de.po 2017-05-23 07:06:46 UTC
(rev 97359)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/installation.de.po 2017-05-23 07:07:48 UTC
(rev 97360)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-01-26 01:30+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 17:46+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -14,6 +14,22 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

+#: src/lib/services-manager/clients/services-manager_finish.rb:11
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Adapting system services ..."
+msgid "Setting default target and system services ..."
+msgstr "Systemdienste werden angepasst..."
+
+#. Proposal client for Network configuration
+#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:19
+#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:20
+msgid "Network Configuration"
+msgstr "Netzwerkkonfiguration"
+
+#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:25
+msgid "preformatted_proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help for the dialog - busy message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52
msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>"
@@ -513,7 +529,7 @@
#. download release notes now
#. push button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:137
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:206
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:294
msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr "&Versionshinweise..."
@@ -850,14 +866,14 @@
#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze)
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
#. bug #302384
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:214
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "Initialisierung"

#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:145
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:214
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44
msgid "Initializing the installation..."
msgstr "Installation wird initialisiert..."
@@ -911,37 +927,37 @@
msgstr "Fertig"

#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:460
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "Kopieren der Dateien in das installierte System"

#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:464
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:467
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration speichern"

#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:471
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:474
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "Installationseinstellungen speichern"

#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:480
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:483
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "Installation des Bootmanagers"

#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:487
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:490
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "System für den ersten Bootvorgang vorbereiten"

#. some steps are called in live installer only
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:550
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:553
msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data."
msgstr "Client %1 gab ungültige Daten zurück."

#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:582
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:585
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "Überprüfe Phase: %1 ..."

@@ -965,6 +981,19 @@
msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..."
msgstr "Erste Systemkonfiguration wird vorbereitet..."

+#. Shows a dialog allowing the user to modify the invalid URL, modifying the
+#. /etc/install.inf file with the new value. In case of cancelled or empty,
+#. the URL will be completely removed.
+#.
+#. @param regurl [String]
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_install_inf.rb:52
+msgid ""
+"If you decide to cancel, the custom URL\n"
+"will be completelly ignored.\n"
+"\n"
+"Really cancel URL modification?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
msgid "Installation Options"
@@ -1085,49 +1114,6 @@
"Netzwerkkonfiguration ist fehlgeschlagen.\n"
"Weitere Details finden Sie in der Logdatei %1."

-#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
-msgid ""
-"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number
\n"
-"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones
\n"
-"<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Bei Linux hat die <b>Auswahlmöglichkeit</b> eine hohe Priorität.
<i>openSUSE</i> bietet eine Reihe \n"
-"verschiedener Arbeitsumgebungen. Nachfolgend sind zwei der wichtigsten
aufgelistet: \n"
-"<b>GNOME</b> und <b>KDE</b>."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63
-msgid ""
-"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal
installation patterns)\n"
-"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the
software \n"
-"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add
additional desktop \n"
-"environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Sie können alternative Arbeitsoberflächen (oder eine der
Minimal-Installationen) wählen,\n"
-"die Ihre Bedürfnisse besser erfüllen, indem Sie die Option <b>Andere</b>
wählen. Später \n"
-" in der Software-Auswahl oder nach der Iinstallation können Sie Ihre Auswahl
ändern oder \n"
-" zusätzliche Desktop-Umgebungen hinzufügen. Dieser Bildschirm ermöglicht es
Ihnen, den Standard zu setzen.</p>"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:121
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "Desktop auswählen"
-
-#. UI wait loop
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:190
-msgid ""
-"No desktop type was selected.\n"
-"Select the desired desktop environment."
-msgstr ""
-"Es wurde kein Desktop-Typ ausgewählt.\n"
-"Wählen Sie den gewünschten Desktop aus."
-
-#. BNC #449818
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:383
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr "Andere"
-
#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56
msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown."
@@ -1331,36 +1317,22 @@
"Fehler beim Initialisieren der Software-Repositorys.\n"
"Installation wird abgebrochen."

-#. TRANSLATORS: error message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:232
-msgid ""
-"<p>Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n"
-"from the registration server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>URL des Aktualisierungs-Repository für das Installationsprogramm\n"
-"kann nicht vom Registrierungsserver abgerufen werden.</p>"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository
-#. URL from control.xml
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:238
-msgid "<p>The default URL %s will be used.<p>"
-msgstr "<p>Die Standard-URL %s wird verwendet.<p>"
-
-#. Ask the user to chose a registration server
+#. Return the self-update URLs
#.
-#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] Array of registration
servers
-#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc
if SCC is selected;
-#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed.
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:315
+#. @return [Array<URI>] self-update URLs
+#.
+#. @see #default_self_update_url
+#. @see #custom_self_update_url
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:181
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The registration module is not available."
msgid ""
-"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
-"to search for installer updates."
-msgstr ""
-"Wählen Sie einen erkannten Registrierungsserver in der Liste aus,\n"
-"um nach Installationsprogramm-Aktualisierungen zu suchen."
+"The registration URL provided is not valid.\n"
+"Skipping installer update.\n"
+msgstr "Das Registrierungsmodul ist nicht verfügbar."

#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:396
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:233
msgid ""
"A valid update could not be found at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -1371,7 +1343,7 @@
"\n"

#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:402
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:240
msgid ""
"Could not fetch update from\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -1389,7 +1361,7 @@
#. @param reason [String] reason why user want to check his network
configuration
#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched;
#. false if the network is not configured.
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:432
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:264
msgid ""
"\n"
"Would you like to check your network configuration\n"
@@ -1402,7 +1374,7 @@
#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet,
#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option.
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:477
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:302
msgid ""
"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n"
"%s\n"
@@ -1425,26 +1397,26 @@
"verwenden Sie den Bootparameter \"proxy\".\n"

#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:586
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:388
msgid "Add Update Repository"
msgstr "Aktualisierungs-Repository hinzufügen"

-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:587
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389
msgid "Download the Packages"
msgstr "Pakete herunterladen"

-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:588
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:390
msgid "Apply the Packages"
msgstr "Pakete anwenden"

-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:589
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:391
msgid "Restart"
msgstr "Neustart"

#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
#. TRANSLATORS: progress title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:600
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:602
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:402
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:404
msgid "Updating the Installer..."
msgstr "Installationsprogramm wird aktualisiert..."

@@ -1453,7 +1425,7 @@
#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise
#.
#. @see Yast::Profile.current
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:673
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:475
msgid ""
"Error while parsing the control file.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1765,6 +1737,17 @@
msgid "Saving proxy configuration..."
msgstr "Proxy-Konfiguration wird gespeichert..."

+#. This is a step of base installation finish and is responsible of write the
+#. specific configuration for the current system role.
+#.
+#. It has been added for CaaSP Roles (FATE#321754) and currently only
+#. the 'worker_role' has an special behavior.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/roles_finish.rb:35
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Writing device configuration..."
+msgid "Writing specific role configuration ..."
+msgstr "Gerätekonfiguration wird geschrieben..."
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134
msgid "Saving time zone..."
@@ -1895,6 +1878,14 @@
msgid "Copying log files to installed system..."
msgstr "Protokolldateien werden in das installierte System kopiert..."

+#. We do not need to create a wizard dialog in installation, but it's
+#. helpful when testing all manually on a running system
+#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/desktop_roles.rb:25
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Computer"
+msgid "Computer Role"
+msgstr "Computer"
+
#. Event callback for the 'ok' button
#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65
msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation"
@@ -1919,20 +1910,6 @@
msgid "Import SSH Configuration"
msgstr "SSH-Konfiguration importieren"

-#. TODO: Add the registration process
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:45
-msgid "Dashboard U&RL"
-msgstr "Dashboard-U&RL"
-
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:52
-msgid "Worker Registration"
-msgstr "Worker-Registrierung"
-
-#. FIXME: This client is a POC and still under definition
-#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:58
-msgid "Enter the url of the admin dashboard to register as a worker"
-msgstr "Zum Registrieren als Worker die URL des Admin-Dashboards eingeben"
-
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34
msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..."
@@ -2177,7 +2154,7 @@
msgstr "Remote-Verwaltung wird aktiviert..."

#. A Continue-Cancel popup
-#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:97
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:92
msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
msgstr "Wenn Sie die Systemrolle ändern, werden die vorgenommenen Anpassungen
ggf. rückgängig gemacht."

@@ -2231,6 +2208,26 @@
msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s"
msgstr "SSH-Hostschlüssel werden von %s kopiert."

+#. Ask the user to chose a registration server
+#.
+#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] Array of registration
servers
+#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc
if SCC is selected;
+#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed.
+#: src/lib/installation/update_repositories_finder.rb:250
+msgid ""
+"Select a detected registration server from the list\n"
+"to search for installer updates."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie einen erkannten Registrierungsserver in der Liste aus,\n"
+"um nach Installationsprogramm-Aktualisierungen zu suchen."
+
+#. sets flag if online repositories dialog should be shown
+#: src/lib/installation/widgets/online_repos.rb:13
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Configured Repositories"
+msgid "Configure On-line Repositories"
+msgstr "Konfigurierte Repositorys"
+
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
@@ -2327,3 +2324,55 @@
msgstr ""
"Bei der Installation konnten die Paketabhängigkeiten nicht automatisch
aufgelöst werden.\n"
"Der Software-Manager wird geöffnet, damit Sie sie manuell auflösen können."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a
number \n"
+#~ "of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major
ones \n"
+#~ "<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Bei Linux hat die <b>Auswahlmöglichkeit</b> eine hohe Priorität.
<i>openSUSE</i> bietet eine Reihe \n"
+#~ "verschiedener Arbeitsumgebungen. Nachfolgend sind zwei der wichtigsten
aufgelistet: \n"
+#~ "<b>GNOME</b> und <b>KDE</b>."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal
installation patterns)\n"
+#~ "that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in
the software \n"
+#~ "selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add
additional desktop \n"
+#~ "environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Sie können alternative Arbeitsoberflächen (oder eine der
Minimal-Installationen) wählen,\n"
+#~ "die Ihre Bedürfnisse besser erfüllen, indem Sie die Option <b>Andere</b>
wählen. Später \n"
+#~ " in der Software-Auswahl oder nach der Iinstallation können Sie Ihre
Auswahl ändern oder \n"
+#~ " zusätzliche Desktop-Umgebungen hinzufügen. Dieser Bildschirm ermöglicht
es Ihnen, den Standard zu setzen.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Desktop Selection"
+#~ msgstr "Desktop auswählen"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "No desktop type was selected.\n"
+#~ "Select the desired desktop environment."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Es wurde kein Desktop-Typ ausgewählt.\n"
+#~ "Wählen Sie den gewünschten Desktop aus."
+
+#~ msgid "Other"
+#~ msgstr "Andere"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n"
+#~ "from the registration server.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>URL des Aktualisierungs-Repository für das Installationsprogramm\n"
+#~ "kann nicht vom Registrierungsserver abgerufen werden.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>The default URL %s will be used.<p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Die Standard-URL %s wird verwendet.<p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Dashboard U&RL"
+#~ msgstr "Dashboard-U&RL"
+
+#~ msgid "Worker Registration"
+#~ msgstr "Worker-Registrierung"
+
+#~ msgid "Enter the url of the admin dashboard to register as a worker"
+#~ msgstr "Zum Registrieren als Worker die URL des Admin-Dashboards eingeben"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/iscsi-lio-server.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/iscsi-lio-server.de.po 2017-05-23
07:06:46 UTC (rev 97359)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/iscsi-lio-server.de.po 2017-05-23
07:07:48 UTC (rev 97360)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iscsi-lio-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-01 02:28+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -90,6 +90,7 @@
msgstr "Name"

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:336
msgid "Path"
msgstr "Pfad"

@@ -546,14 +547,14 @@
msgid "Selected Path is already in use!"
msgstr "Der ausgewählte Pfad wird bereits verwendet!"

-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:336
-msgid "Path:"
-msgstr "Pfad:"
-
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid "Browse"
msgstr "Durchsuchen"

+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344
+msgid "Name (autogenerated when empty)"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:359
msgid "Select file or device"
msgstr "Datei oder Gerät auswählen"
@@ -567,8 +568,8 @@
msgstr "Ziel-LUN"

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:470
-msgid "Change:"
-msgstr "Änderungen:"
+msgid "Change"
+msgstr "Ändern"

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:563
msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!"
@@ -579,7 +580,9 @@
msgstr "Es muss mindestens eine Authentifizierung aktiviert sein!"

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:645
-msgid "Initiator name:"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Initiator name:"
+msgid "Initiator name"
msgstr "Name des Initiators:"

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:648
@@ -602,7 +605,9 @@
#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:704
-msgid "New initiator name:"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "New initiator name:"
+msgid "New initiator name"
msgstr "Neuer Initiatorname:"

#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:750
@@ -828,3 +833,9 @@
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Konfigurationszusammenfassung..."
+
+#~ msgid "Path:"
+#~ msgstr "Pfad:"
+
+#~ msgid "Change:"
+#~ msgstr "Änderungen:"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/kdump.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/kdump.de.po 2017-05-23 07:06:46 UTC (rev
97359)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/kdump.de.po 2017-05-23 07:07:48 UTC (rev
97360)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kdump\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-02-16 02:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-31 02:28+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:513
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr "Zur Übernahme der Änderungen ist ein Neustart erforderlich."

@@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@

#. @param update_command [String] a command for .target.bash
#. @return [Boolean] whether successful
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:427
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
@@ -1243,129 +1243,129 @@
"Details siehe %{log}."

#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Kdump-Konfiguration wird initialisiert"

#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 src/modules/Kdump.rb:540
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:554 src/modules/Kdump.rb:562
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "Konfigurationsdatei wird gelesen..."

#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:534
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:556
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "Kernel-Bootparameter werden gelesen..."

#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:536
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:558
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr "Speicherbeschränkungen werden berechnet..."

#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:542
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:564
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "Festplattenpartitionen werden gelesen..."

#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:566
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr "Verfügbarer Speicher wird gelesen, Nutzung wird kalibriert..."

#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:556
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr "Die Konfigurationsdatei /etc/sysconfig/kdump konnte nicht gelesen
werden."

#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "Die Kernel-Bootparameter konnten nicht gelesen werden."

#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "Der verfügbare Arbeitsspeicher konnte nicht ermittelt werden."

#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:598
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Kdump-Konfiguration wird gespeichert"

#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:649
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen schreiben"

#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:651
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "Bootparameter aktualisieren"

#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:633
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:655
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Einstellungen werden geschrieben..."

#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:657
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "Bootparameter werden aktualisiert..."

#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:637
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:659
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"

#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:669
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Einstellungen können nicht geschrieben werden."

#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:656
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:678
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr "Fehler beim Hinzufügen der Crashkernel-Parameter zum Bootloader."

#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:774
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:796
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "Kdump-Status: %1"

-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:775
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:797
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "AKTIVIERT"

-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:775
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:797
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "DEAKTIVIERT"

-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:804
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "Wert(e) der Crashkernel-Option: %1"

-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:811
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "Dump-Format: %1"

-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:818
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Ziel für Dumps: %1"

-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:803
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:825
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Anzahl der Dumps: %1"

#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with
actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:895
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:917
msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required,
but only %{available} are available."
msgstr "Warnung! Der freie Speicherplatz reicht wahrscheinlich nicht aus.
%{required} erforderlich, jedoch nur %{available} verfügbar."

#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:1025
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/network.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/network.de.po 2017-05-23 07:06:46 UTC (rev
97359)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/network.de.po 2017-05-23 07:07:48 UTC (rev
97360)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: network\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-02-01 02:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-08 02:28+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:510
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Routing-Konfiguration"

@@ -658,7 +658,9 @@
msgstr "Gateway"

#. Table header label
+#. Table header 3/4
#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:89
msgid "Netmask"
msgstr "Netzmaske"

@@ -739,13 +741,13 @@

#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1458
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1456
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr "Warnung: Es wird keine Verschlüsselung verwendet."

#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1460
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1458
msgid "Change."
msgstr "Ändern Sie dies."

@@ -2253,16 +2255,25 @@
"einer Standardroute wird lediglich die Anweisung \"alles andere sollte
hierber verschickt werden\" gegeben.</p>\n"

#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:99
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway
address,\n"
+#| "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
+#| "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be
routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
-"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
-"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be
routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
+"and netmask. You can use either IPv4 netmask or prefix length when defining\n"
+"network part of route. Prefix length has to be prefixed using '/'.\n"
+"To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
+"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be
routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n"
+"Please note that in case of IPv6 networks only prefix length is accepted\n"
+"for netmask definition.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Geben Sie für jede Route Zielnetzwerk, IP-Adresse, Gateway-Adresse und
Netzmaske an. Um einen dieser Werte zu überspringen, benutzen Sie den
Bindestrich \"-\". \n"
"Wählen Sie auch das Gerät, durch das der Datenverkehr für das definierte
Netzwerk geleitet wird.\"-\" ist ein Alias für jede beliebige
Schnittstelle.</p>\n"

#. Routing dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
@@ -2270,7 +2281,7 @@
"<p>Aktivieren Sie <b>IPv4-Weiterleitung</b> (Pakete werden aus externen
Netzwerken\n"
"an das interne Netzwerk weitergeleitet), wenn dieses System ein Router ist.\n"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113
msgid ""
"<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
@@ -2282,7 +2293,7 @@
"<b>Warnung:</b> Bei der IPv6-Weiterleitung wird die IPv6-SLAAC\n"
" (StateLess Address AutoConfiguration) deaktiviert."

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is
not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
@@ -2292,7 +2303,7 @@
"Sie sollten Masquerading aktivieren und/oder mindestens eine Umleitungsregel
in der\n"
"Firewall-Konfiguration festlegen. Verwenden Sie das
YaST-Firewall-Modul.</p>\n"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP
client.\n"
@@ -2308,7 +2319,7 @@
"Stellen Sie diese Option daher auf \"Nein\" ein, wenn Sie sich mit
unterschiedlichen Netzwerken verbinden, die unterschiedliche Hostnamen
zuweisen. Ansonsten können Sie eine bestimmte Oberfläche angeben oder die
generische Option \"any\" \n"
"festlegen. Diese Option kann jedoch ein seltsames Verhalten hervorrufen, wenn
Sie ein Multi-Homed-System mit mehreren DHCP-Netzwerken verbunden haben.</p>\n"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135
msgid ""
"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is
a \n"
@@ -2323,7 +2334,7 @@
"Fällen sollten Sie mit dieser Option vorsichtig sein, insbesondere wenn\n"
"dieser Rechner Netzwerkdienste anbietet.</p>\n"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
@@ -2332,7 +2343,7 @@
"Hostnamen ein. Normalerweise können diese durch DHCP abgerufen werden.</p>\n"

#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n"
"IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n"
@@ -2343,7 +2354,7 @@
" (z.B. 192.168.0.42) und nicht als Hostname angegeben werden.</b>\n"

#. resolver dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:149
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n"
"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n"
@@ -2355,7 +2366,7 @@
"Domänennamen Ihres Computers (z. B. suse.de). Zusätzliche Suchdomänen\n"
" (z. B. suse.com) sind möglich. Trennen Sie Domänen durch Kommas oder
Leerzeichen.</p>\n"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:156
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS
domain\n"
"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially
important if this \n"
@@ -2367,7 +2378,7 @@
"wenn es sich bei dem Computer um einen Mailserver handelt. Den Hostnamen \n"
"des Computers können Sie mit dem Kommando <i>hostname</i> anzeigen.</p>"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:163
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:167
msgid ""
"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is
handled\n"
@@ -2383,7 +2394,7 @@
"Dies ist die Standardeinstellung der Option <b>Standardrichtlinie
verwenden</b>.\n"
"Sie ist für die meisten Konfigurationen geeignet.</p>\n"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:171
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n"
"allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n"
@@ -2403,7 +2414,7 @@

#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred
#. Address dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address
to this device.\n"
@@ -2412,12 +2423,12 @@
"<p>Wählen Sie <b>Keine Adress-Einrichtung</b> wenn Sie keine IP Adresse für
dieses Gerät wünschen.\n"
"Dies ist insbesondere nützlich für zusammengefasste Ethernet-Geräte
(bonding).</p>\n"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:192
msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your
BIOS.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>Aktivieren Sie <b>iBFT</b>, falls Sie das im BIOS konfigurierte
Netzwerk beibehalten wollen.</p>\n"

#. Address dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:192
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:196
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n"
"assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n"
@@ -2426,7 +2437,7 @@
"oder Internet-Provider keine statische IP-Adresse zugewiesen wurde.</p>\n"

#. Address dialog help 3/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:196
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n"
"if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n"
@@ -2437,7 +2448,7 @@
"automatisch vom Server bezogen.</p>\n"

#. Address dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:202
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP +
Zeroconf\n"
@@ -2448,7 +2459,7 @@
"Anderenfalls müssen die Netzwerkadressen <b>statisch</b> zugewiesen
werden.</p>\n"

#. Address dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:209
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for
your computer, and the \n"
" <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
@@ -2458,7 +2469,7 @@
"und die <b>Entfernte IP-Adresse</b> (z. B. <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>) Ihres
Peers ein.</p>\n"

#. Address dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:216
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your
computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix
<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
@@ -2469,7 +2480,7 @@
"an. Optional können Sie auch einen Voll-Qualifizierten Hostnamen für diese
Adresse angeben. Dieser wird in die Datei <i>/etc/hosts</i> geschrieben.</p>\n"

#. Address dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:222
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
msgid ""
"<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n"
"the network configuration.</p>"
@@ -2477,7 +2488,7 @@
"<p>Bitte kontaktieren Sie Ihren <b>Netzwerkadministrator</b> \n"
"für weitere Informationen über die Netzwerkkonfiguration.</p>"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230
msgid ""
"<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n"
"Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>"
@@ -2485,7 +2496,7 @@
"<p>DHCP-Konfiguration wird für dieses Produkt nicht empfohlen.\n"
"Einige Komponenten dieses Produkts funktionieren möglicherweise nicht mit
DHCP.</p>"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:234
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n"
@@ -2502,11 +2513,11 @@
"jedoch wird der gesamte Datenverkehr für diese Schnittstelle blockiert. Wenn
Sie keine Zone auswählen\n"
"und auch keine anderen durch die Firewall geschützten Schnittstellen
existieren, wird die Firewall deaktiviert.</p>"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244
msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service
reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Obligatorische Schnittstelle</b> gibt an, ob der Netzwerkdienst
einen Fehler meldet, wenn die Schnittstelle beim Booten nicht aktiviert
wird.</p>"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:248
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n"
@@ -2522,7 +2533,7 @@
"steigern, insbesondere in langsamen Wähl-Verbindungen. Wählen Sie einen der
empfohlenen\n"
"Werte oder setzen Sie ihren eigenen.</p>\n"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No
Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
@@ -2531,12 +2542,12 @@
"Es stehen nur Geräte zur Verfügung, deren Geräteaktivierung auf <b>Nie</b>
gesetzt ist und für die <b>Keine IP-Adresse</b> angegeben ist.</p>"

#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:261
msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Optionen für DHCP-Client</big></b></p>"

#. DHCP dialog help 2/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:259
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:263
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n"
"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for
each\n"
@@ -2551,7 +2562,7 @@
"Netzwerkschnittstelle und somit dieselbe Hardware-Adresse verwenden.</p>"

#. DHCP dialog help 3/7
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:267
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:271
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server.
Some \n"
@@ -2572,7 +2583,7 @@
"Wenn kein Hostname gesendet werden soll, lassen Sie das Feld leer.</p>\n"

#. Aliases dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n"
@@ -2581,7 +2592,7 @@
"<p>In dieser Tabelle konfigurieren Sie zusätzliche Adressen für eine
Schnittstelle.</p>\n"

#. Aliases dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:282
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:286
msgid ""
"<p>Enter an <b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n"
"the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>"
@@ -2590,7 +2601,7 @@
"die <b>Netzmaske</b> ein.</p>"

#. Aliases dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:286
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290
msgid ""
"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and
legacy. The total\n"
"length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
@@ -2601,14 +2612,14 @@
"auf 15 Zeichen beschränkt. Das veraltete ifconfig-Dienstprogramm kürzt den
Namen nach 9 Zeichen.</p>"

#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:292
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:296
msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter
<b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Nehmen Sie nicht den Schnittstellennamen in die Bezeichnung auf.
Geben Sie beispielsweise <b>foo</b> statt <b>eth0:foo</b> ein.</p>"

#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
#. Translators: dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303
msgid ""
"<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n"
"<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n"
@@ -2637,7 +2648,7 @@
"</p>\n"

#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:314
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:318
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set the most important settings\n"
"for wireless networking.</p>"
@@ -2645,7 +2656,7 @@
"<p>Nehmen Sie hier die wichtigsten Einstellungen\n"
"für Funknetzwerke vor.</p>"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:317
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n"
"can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n"
@@ -2659,7 +2670,7 @@
"<i>Infrastructure Mode</i> genannt) oder <b>Master</b>\n"
"(die Netzwerkkarte fungiert als Zugriffspunkt)</p>\n"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:324
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:328
msgid ""
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
@@ -2678,7 +2689,7 @@
"Fall verwendet Ihre WLAN-Karte den Zugriffspunkt mit der besten\n"
"Signalstärke.</p>\n"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:333
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:337
msgid ""
"<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n"
"It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n"
@@ -2714,7 +2725,7 @@
"Authentifizierungsmodus aus. Diese Einstellung ist jedoch nur im
Betriebsmodus\n"
"<b>Verwaltet</b> möglich.</p>\n"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:355
msgid ""
"<p>To use WEP, enter the\n"
"WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n"
@@ -2729,7 +2740,7 @@
"24 Bits dynamisch erzeugt, sodass Sie nur 40 bis 232 Bits eingeben
müssen.</p>\n"

#. Wireless dialog help
-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:359
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:363
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n"
"enter the preshared key. This\n"
@@ -2745,7 +2756,7 @@
"Wörterbuch-Angriffe weiterhin möglich. Verwenden Sie kein Wort als
Passphrase,\n"
"das leicht zu erraten ist.</p>\n"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:367
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:371
msgid ""
"<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n"
"enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n"
@@ -2753,7 +2764,7 @@
"<p>Geben Sie zum Verwenden von WPA-EAP (Alternativbezeichnung: WPA
Enterprise)\n"
"im nächsten Dialogfeld einige zusätzliche Parameter ein.\n"

-#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:370
+#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:374
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
@@ -3668,11 +3679,6 @@
msgid "Default IPv6 &Gateway"
msgstr "Standard-IPv6-&Gateway"

-#. Table header 3/4
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:89
-msgid "Genmask"
-msgstr "Genmask"
-
#. CheckBox label
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:110
msgid "Enable &IPv4 Forwarding"
@@ -3691,40 +3697,40 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr "&Ziel"

-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171
-msgid "Ge&nmask"
-msgstr "Ge&nmask"
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:189
+msgid "&Netmask"
+msgstr "&Netzmaske"

-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:198
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr "&Gateway"

-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:206
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr "Ge&rät"

#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:261
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr "Ungültiges Ziel"

#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:269
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr "Ungültige Gateway-IP-Adresse"

#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:277
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr "Ungültige Subnetzmaske"

#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:436
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr "Ungültiger Standard-Gateway"

@@ -4393,27 +4399,27 @@
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1339 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1343
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1341
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1345
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr "Beim Booten automatisch gestartet"

#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr "Automatisch bei Kabelverbindung gestartet"

#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1353
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Verwaltet von NetworkManager"

#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1357
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr "Wird unter keinen Umständen gestartet"

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr "Manuell gestartet"

@@ -4425,50 +4431,50 @@
#.
#. @param [Hash] dev_map a device's sysconfig map (in form "option" => "value")
#. @return [Array] list of strings, one string is intended for one "bullet"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1393
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "IP-Adresse zugewiesen über"

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1399
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1397
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "IP-Adresse: %s/%s"

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1400
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr "IP-Adresse: %s, Subnetzmaske %s"

#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build
item
#. overview. Check and remove.
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1446 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1502
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1444 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1500
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "Gerätename: %s"

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1471
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1469
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr "Bonding-Master"

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1474
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1472
msgid "Bridge"
msgstr "Bridge"

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1476
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1474
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr "Slave in %s"

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1490
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1488
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "Nicht verbunden"

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1491
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1489
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr "Keine Hardwareinformationen"

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1508
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1506
msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0,
wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan
devices). See dmesg output for details."
msgstr "Die Netzwerkkarte kann nicht konfiguriert werden, da das Kernel-Gerät
(eth0, wlan0) nicht vorhanden ist. Oft wird dieser Fehler durch fehlende
Firmware (für WLAN-Geräte) verursacht. Weitere Details siehe dmesg-Ausgabe."

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1514
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1512
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
@@ -4476,11 +4482,11 @@
"Das Gerät ist nicht konfiguriert. Klicken Sie auf <b>Bearbeiten</b>,\n"
"und konfigurieren Sie es.\n"

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1521
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1519
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "Benötigte Firmware"

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1521
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1519
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "Unbekannt"

@@ -4490,11 +4496,11 @@
#. @param [String] ifcfg_type
#. @param [String] ifcfg_name
#. @return [String] formated string with the interface type and the interfaces
enslaved
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2547
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2545
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr "Bonding-Slaves"

-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2550
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2548
msgid "Bridge Ports"
msgstr "Bridge-Ports"

@@ -4560,21 +4566,21 @@
msgstr "Fernverwaltung ist deaktiviert."

#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:312
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr "IP-Weiterleitungseinstellungen schreiben"

#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:314
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr "Routing-Einstellungen schreiben"

-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:317
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Routing-Konfiguration wird gespeichert"

#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:322
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr "IP-Weiterleitungseinstellungen werden geschrieben..."

@@ -4583,22 +4589,22 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:332
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr "Routing-Einstellungen werden geschrieben..."

#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:502
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr "Gateway: %s"

#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:506
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr "IP-Weiterleitung für IPv4: %s"

#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:510
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr "IP-Weiterleitung für IPv6: %s"

@@ -4616,3 +4622,9 @@
#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:139
msgid "(Unprotected)"
msgstr "(Nicht geschützt)"
+
+#~ msgid "Genmask"
+#~ msgstr "Genmask"
+
+#~ msgid "Ge&nmask"
+#~ msgstr "Ge&nmask"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/packager.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/packager.de.po 2017-05-23 07:06:46 UTC
(rev 97359)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/packager.de.po 2017-05-23 07:07:48 UTC
(rev 97360)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: packager\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-29 02:28+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-29 02:28+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -956,7 +956,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:287
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1206 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1209 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
"from URL '%1'."
@@ -1298,7 +1298,7 @@

#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1056 src/modules/Packages.rb:1211
+#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1056 src/modules/Packages.rb:1214
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "Details:"
@@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1058 src/modules/Packages.rb:1219
+#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1058 src/modules/Packages.rb:1222
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Erneut versuchen?"
@@ -1466,7 +1466,7 @@
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1154 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1748
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/Packages.rb:461
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/Packages.rb:464
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Unbekanntes Produkt"

@@ -1658,23 +1658,23 @@
msgstr "Delta-RPM wird angewendet: %1"

#. warning text
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:304
msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install
a 32-bit distribution."
msgstr "Bei Ihrem Computer handelt es sich um ein 64-Bit x86-64-System. Sie
versuchen, eine 32-Bit-Distribution zu installieren."

#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:317
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:320
msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after
installing the system.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Die Schemaliste gibt an, welche Funktionen nach der Installation
des Systems verfügbar sind.</P>"

#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:329
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332
msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed
to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and
working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed
value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free
space before starting the installation.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Der Vorschlag bezieht sich auf die Gesamtgröße der Dateien, die auf
dem System installiert werden. Das System wird dennoch einige andere Dateien
benötigen (temporäre und Arbeitsdateien), weshalb der tatsächlich benutzte
Festplattenspeicher geringfügig größer ausfallen wird als der vorgeschlagene
Wert. Daher ist es eine gute Idee wenigstens 25 % (oder ungefähr 300 MB) freien
Speicherplatz zu haben, bevor die Installation gestartet wird.</P>"

#. help text for software proposal
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:337
msgid ""
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the
connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
@@ -1683,112 +1683,112 @@
"Dieser Wert ist wichtig, wenn die Verbindung langsam ist oder wenn es ein
Datenlimit für das Herunterladen gibt.</P>\n"

#. help text for software proposal - header
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:343
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:346
msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>Softwarevorschlag</B></P>"

#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product
#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:360
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363
msgid "Product: %1"
msgstr "Produkt: %1"

#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or
system type (e.g. KDE)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:377
msgid "System Type: %1"
msgstr "Systemtyp: %1"

-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:385
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:388
msgid "Patterns:<br>"
msgstr "Schemata:<br>"

#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in
MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:398
msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1"
msgstr "Größe der zu installierenden Pakete: %1"

#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected
packages
#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:411
msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1"
msgstr "Aus entfernten Repositorys herunterladen: %1"

-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:470
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:473
msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
msgstr "Diese Zusatz-Produkte wurden zur automatischen Entfernung vorgemerkt:
%1"

#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:494
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:497
msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new
installation media."
msgstr "Bitte kontaktieren Sie den Hersteller dieser Zusatz-Produkte, damit
dieser Sie mit den neuen Installations-Medien versorgt."

#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:498
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:501
msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation
media."
msgstr "Bitte kontaktieren Sie den Hersteller dieses Zusatz-Produktes, damit
dieser Sie mit einem neuen Installations-Medium versorgt."

#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:539
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:542
msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2),
cannot start installation."
msgstr "Fehler: Freier Platz im Basis-Verzeichnis %1 (Gerät %2) kann nicht
geprüft werden, Installation kann nicht gestartet werden."

#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:559
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:562
msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)."
msgstr "Fehler: Freier Platz im Basis-Verzeichnis %1 (Gerät %2) kann nicht
geprüft werden."

#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:605
msgid "Not enough disk space."
msgstr "Nicht genügend Speicherplatz."

#. summary warning
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:607
msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
msgstr "Nicht genug Speicherplatz. Entfernen Sie einige Pakete in der
Einzelauswahl."

#. add a backslash if it's missing
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:628
msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>"
msgstr "Auf Partition %3 ist nur %1 (%2%%) freier Speicher verfügbar .<BR>"

#. Check the YaST required packages.
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:645
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:648
msgid "Please manually select the needed items to install."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die zu installierenden Elemente manuell aus."

#. newly installed products
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:707
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:710
msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed"
msgstr "Neues Produkt <b>%s</b> wird installiert"

#. product update: %s is a product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:717
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:720
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated"
msgstr "Produkt <b>%s</b> wird aktualisiert"

#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new
one
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:719
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:722
msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
msgstr "Produkt <b>%{old_product}</b> wird auf <b>%{new_product}</b>
aktualisiert"

-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:729
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
msgstr "Produkt <b>%s</b> bleibt weiterhin installiert"

#. Removing another product might be an issue
#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST)
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:736
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739
msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed."
msgstr "<b>Warnung:</b> Das Produkt <b>%s</b> wird entfernt."

-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:737
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:740
msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed."
msgstr "<b>Fehler:</b> Das Produkt <b>%s</b> wird automatisch entfernt."

#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:763
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:766
msgid ""
"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
@@ -1805,12 +1805,12 @@
"</li></ul></li></ul>"

#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1230
msgid "No repository found at '%1'."
msgstr "Unter '%1' wurde kein Repository gefunden."

#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1500
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1503
msgid ""
"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the
installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
@@ -1822,31 +1822,31 @@
"vom SUSE Linux-Webserver herunterladen.</b></p>\n"

#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1527
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1530
msgid "Integrating booted media..."
msgstr "Gebootete Medien werden integriert..."

#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1549
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1552
msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository."
msgstr "Das Service Pack-Repository konnte nicht integriert werden."

#. popup - information label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1582
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1585
msgid "Initializing repositories..."
msgstr "Repositorys werden initialisiert..."

#. message popup, %1 is product name
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1814
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1825
msgid "Insert %1 CD 1"
msgstr "%1 CD 1 einlegen"

-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1816
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1827
msgid "%1 CD 1 not found"
msgstr "%1-CD 1 nicht gefunden"

#. an error message
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1926
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1937
msgid ""
"Error while initializing package descriptions.\n"
"Check the log file %1 for more details."
@@ -1855,7 +1855,7 @@
"Überprüfen Sie die Protokolldatei %1 für weitere Informationen."

#. bnc #436925
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2198
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2209
msgid ""
"The software selection has been changed externally.\n"
"Software proposal will be called again."
@@ -1864,12 +1864,12 @@
"Software-Vorschlag wird erneut aufgerufen."

#. popup label
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2216
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2227
msgid "Evaluating package selection..."
msgstr "Paketauswahl wird ausgewertet..."

#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in
runtime
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2559
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2570
msgid ""
"Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n"
"Pattern has not been found."
@@ -1878,18 +1878,18 @@
"Muster nicht gefunden."

#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a package list
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2732
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2743
msgid "These packages need to be selected to install: %s"
msgstr "Diese Pakete müssen zur Installation ausgewählt werden: %s"

#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a pattern list
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2735
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2746
msgid "These patterns need to be selected to install: %s"
msgstr "Diese Schemata müssen zur Installation ausgewählt werden: %s"

#. TRANSLATORS: %{type} is a resolvable type, %{list} is a list of names
#. This is a fallback message for unknown types, normally it should not be
displayed
-#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2739
+#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2750
msgid "These items (%{type}) need to be selected to install: %{list}"
msgstr "Diese Elemente (%{type}) müssen zur Installation ausgewählt werden:
%{list}"


Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/registration.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/registration.de.po 2017-05-23 07:06:46 UTC
(rev 97359)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/registration.de.po 2017-05-23 07:07:48 UTC
(rev 97360)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: registration\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 17:46+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:53 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40
msgid "Contacting the Registration Server"
msgstr "Kontakt zum Registrierungsserver wird hergestellt"
@@ -31,10 +31,10 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:183
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:317
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41
msgid "Registration"
@@ -75,8 +75,8 @@
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:317
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:350
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr "Registrierung läuft: %s ..."

@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@
#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
#. error message, the entered URL is not valid.
#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:537
msgid "Invalid URL."
msgstr "Ungültige URL."

@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:303
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr "System wird registriert..."

@@ -397,8 +397,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:388
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:334
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
msgstr "Aktualisierung auf %s ..."

@@ -460,6 +460,20 @@
"Möchten Sie diese Repositorys während der Aufrüstung\n"
"aktivieren, damit Sie die neuesten Aktualisierungen erhalten?"

+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question, add registered but not installed addons to
+#. the list of products that will be downgraded.
+#. %s are all the product names splited by '\n' e.g
+#. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12\nSUSE Enterprise Storage 1 x86_64"
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"The addons listed below are registered but not installed: \n"
+"\n"
+"%s\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to downgrade also them in the registration server? \n"
+"If not they will be deactivated. "
+msgstr ""
+
#. indent size used in summary text
#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34
msgid "Certificate:"
@@ -590,38 +604,40 @@

#. create the main dialog definition
#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:97
-msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:105
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions"
+msgid "&Hide Beta Versions"
msgstr "Betaversionen aus&filtern"

-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:99
-msgid "Details"
-msgstr "Details"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:108
+msgid "Details (English only)"
+msgstr ""

#. addon description widget
#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:109
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:117
msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here"
msgstr "Eine Erweiterung oder ein Modul auswählen, zu der/dem hier Details
angezeigt werden sollen"

#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension
#. (%s is an extension name)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:122
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:130
msgid "%s (not available)"
msgstr "%s (nicht verfügbar)"

#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:261
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:269
msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules."
msgstr "Bei YaST können Sie maximal %s Erweiterungen oder Module auswählen."

#. help text (2/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:272
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:280
msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific
registration code.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Für bestimmte Erweiterungen oder Module benötigen Sie dabei einen
besonderen Registrierungscode.</p>"

#. help text (3/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:283
msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto
the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Soll eine Erweiterung oder ein Modul entfernt werden, melden Sie
sich beim SUSE Customer Center an, und entfernen Sie den zugehörigen Eintrag
dort manuell.</p>"

@@ -640,21 +656,6 @@
msgid "Available Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Verfügbare Erweiterungen und Module"

-#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37
-msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration"
-msgstr "Neuregistrierung von Erweiterungen und Modulen"
-
-#. help text (1/3)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40
-msgid "<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered
again.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Hier wählen Sie Erweiterungen und Module aus, die erneut
registriert werden sollen.</p>"
-
-#. @return [String] the main dialog label
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules"
-msgstr "Registrierte Erweiterungen und Module"
-
#. help text
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38
msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered
together with the base product.</p>"
@@ -717,7 +718,7 @@
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:269
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr "Registrierungs&code"

@@ -748,7 +749,7 @@
msgstr "Produkt registrieren"

#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266
msgid "&E-mail Address"
msgstr "&Email-Adresse"

@@ -795,49 +796,54 @@
msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..."
msgstr "Erweiterungen oder Module registrieren..."

+#. TRANSLATORS: Wrong url for registration provided, %s is an URL.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:232
+msgid ""
+"The registration URL provided by the command line is not valid.\n"
+"\n"
+"URL: %s\n"
+"\n"
+"The default one will be used instead."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name.
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:257
msgid "Register System via %s"
msgstr "System über %s registrieren"

#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:300
msgid "Register System via local SMT Server"
msgstr "System über lokalen SMT-Server registrieren"

-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:311
msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
msgstr "URL des &lokalen Registrierungsservers"

-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:325
msgid "&Skip Registration"
msgstr "Registrierung ü&berspringen"

-#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334
-msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
-msgstr "&Erweiterungen oder Module neu registrieren"
-
#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#. the main dialog content
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:335
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67
msgid "The system is already registered."
msgstr "Das System ist bereits registriert."

-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:337
msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration."
msgstr "Wählen Sie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Registrierungsmethode aus."

#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:353
msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to
get updates and extensions."
msgstr "Zum Registrieren des Systems geben Sie hier Ihre Anmeldedaten für das
SUSE Customer Center ein, so dass Sie Aktualisierungen und Erweiterungen
erhalten."

#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:362
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -853,7 +859,7 @@

#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:374
msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "Netz&werkkonfiguration..."

@@ -951,7 +957,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons,
#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts
#. the online migration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:154
msgid ""
"The system is not registered,\n"
"to run the online migration you need\n"
@@ -962,17 +968,28 @@
"das System zunächst registrieren."

#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:198
msgid "No installed product found."
msgstr "Kein installiertes Produkt gefunden."

+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question, merge this addon that are registered but not
+#. installed to the current migration products list.
+#. %s is an addon friendly name, e.g 'SUSE Enterprise Storage 2 x86_64'
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:219
+msgid ""
+"The '%s' extension is registered but not installed.\n"
+"If you accept it will be added for be installed, in other case it will be
unregistered at the end of the migration.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you want to add it?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:242
msgid "No migration product found."
msgstr "Kein Migrationsprodukt gefunden."

#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:319
msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..."
msgstr "Migrations-Repositorys werden vorbereitet..."

@@ -1016,48 +1033,54 @@
msgstr "Mögliche Migrationsziele"

#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:199
msgid "Migration Summary"
msgstr "Migrationszusammenfassung"

+#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message in rich text format
+#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:211
+msgid "The registration server does not offer migrations for Product <b>%s</b>
so it will <b>stay unchanged</b>. We recommend you to check if it's correct and
to configure the repositories manually in case of needed."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details.
#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used
#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow
#. using the selected migration.
#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:234
msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration
server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
msgstr "FEHLER: Produkt <b>%{product}</b> ist nicht auf dem
Registrierungsserver (%{url}) verfügbar. Stellen Sie das Produkt zur Verfügung,
damit diese Migration verwendet werden kann."

#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:246
msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>"
msgstr "%s <b>wird installiert.</b>"

#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:263
msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>"
msgstr "%s <b>bleibt unverändert.</b>"

#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1
x86_64"
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:273
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr "%{old_product} <b>wird aufgerüstet auf</b> %{new_product}."

#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:278
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
msgstr "%{old_product} <b>wird ersetzt durch die ältere Version von </b>
%{new_product}."

#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:311
msgid ""
"The selected migration contains a product\n"
"which is not available at the registration server.\n"
@@ -1071,6 +1094,57 @@
"Wählen Sie ein anderes Migrationsziel aus, oder stellen Sie die fehlenden
Produkte\n"
"auf dem Registrierungsserver zur Verfügung."

+#. this class displays and runs the dialog which check all the installed
+#. but not registered products warning the user about it and allowing him
+#. to take some actions over them.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:45
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Checking status..."
+msgid "Checking registration status"
+msgstr "Status wird überprüft..."
+
+#. FIXME: Maybe we could remove this option and just warn the user
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:85
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Installed Add-on Products"
+msgid "Ins&tall products"
+msgstr "Installierte Add-on-Produkte"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "&Deactivate"
+msgstr "&Deaktivieren"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:87
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "Fortsetzen"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error showing all the addons that weren't
+#. installed, %s is the addons identifiers.
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:102
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "These sources were not found:\n"
+#| "%1"
+msgid ""
+"These addons were not installed:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+"Diese Quellen wurden nicht gefunden:\n"
+"%1"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A RichText warning about all the products registered but
+#. not installed. (1/2)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:153
+msgid "<p>The addons listed below are registered but not installed: </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A RichText warning about all the products registered but
+#. not installed. (2/2)
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:159
+msgid "<p>It's preferable to <b>deactivate</b> your products at your
registration server if you don't plan to use them anymore.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40
msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>"
@@ -1150,25 +1224,66 @@
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr "Lokale Registrierungsserver werden gesucht..."

-#. Constructor
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC
#.
-#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services
to show
-#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not
specified), a default
-#. heading will be used).
-#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of
the list).
-#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
-#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was
selected
-#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used.
-#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected
service. If nil
-#. (or not specified) the first service will be used.
-#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78
-msgid "Service selection"
-msgstr "Dienstauswahl"
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact SUSE.
+#.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.suse.com.
+#.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:38
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
+msgid "Registration Code or SMT Server URL"
+msgstr "URL des &lokalen Registrierungsservers"

-#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79
-msgid "Select a detected service from the list."
-msgstr "Wählen Sie einen erkannten Dienst aus der Liste aus."
+#. Error reports and logs about the registration are mostly handled
+#. by ConnectHelpers.catch_registration_errors and used by instances
+#. of RegistrationUI.
+#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Not a valid umask."
+msgid "Not valid url."
+msgstr "Umask ist ungültig."

-#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80
-msgid "No service was selected."
-msgstr "Kein Dienst ausgewählt."
+#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:96
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The SMT Server URL must use http or https protocol, other schemes are not
supported.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#~ msgid "Details"
+#~ msgstr "Details"
+
+#~ msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration"
+#~ msgstr "Neuregistrierung von Erweiterungen und Modulen"
+
+#~ msgid "<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be
registered again.</p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p>Hier wählen Sie Erweiterungen und Module aus, die erneut
registriert werden sollen.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules"
+#~ msgstr "Registrierte Erweiterungen und Module"
+
+#~ msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again"
+#~ msgstr "&Erweiterungen oder Module neu registrieren"
+
+#~ msgid "Service selection"
+#~ msgstr "Dienstauswahl"
+
+#~ msgid "Select a detected service from the list."
+#~ msgstr "Wählen Sie einen erkannten Dienst aus der Liste aus."
+
+#~ msgid "No service was selected."
+#~ msgstr "Kein Dienst ausgewählt."

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/reipl.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/reipl.de.po 2017-05-23 07:06:46 UTC (rev
97359)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/reipl.de.po 2017-05-23 07:07:48 UTC (rev
97360)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: reipl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-01-07 01:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-11 02:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -15,64 +15,10 @@
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Command line help text for the Xreipl module
-#: src/clients/reipl.rb:53
+#: src/clients/reipl.rb:52
msgid "Configuration of reipl"
msgstr "Konfiguration von reipl"

-#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
-#. %1 is replaced with a device name
-#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:69
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
-"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Laden Sie das System nach dem Herunterfahren mit\n"
-"einem IPL von Gerät '%1' neu.\n"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
-#. %1 is replaced with a FCP name
-#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
-#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
-#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:88
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
-"with an IPL from FCP '%1'\n"
-"with WWPN '%2'\n"
-"and LUN '%3'.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Laden Sie das System nach dem Herunterfahren\n"
-"mit einem IPL von FCP '%1'\n"
-"mit WWPN '%2'\n"
-"und LUN '%3' neu.\n"
-
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:102
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
-"with an IPL from the device \n"
-"that contains /boot"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Das System nach dem Herunterfahren \n"
-"mit einem IPL von dem Gerät neuladen, \n"
-"das /boot enthält."
-
-#. Rich text title for Reipl in proposals
-#: src/clients/reipl_proposal.rb:81
-msgid "Reipl"
-msgstr "Reipl"
-
-#. Menu title for Reipl in proposals
-#: src/clients/reipl_proposal.rb:85
-msgid "&Reipl"
-msgstr "&Reipl"
-
#. Reipl configure dialog caption
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:59 src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:100
@@ -280,32 +226,62 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialisierung..."

-#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards
-#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:323
-msgid "Configured reipl methods"
-msgstr "Konfigurierte reipl-Methoden"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "After shutdown, reload the system\n"
+#~ "with an IPL from device '%1'.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Laden Sie das System nach dem Herunterfahren mit\n"
+#~ "einem IPL von Gerät '%1' neu.\n"

-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:330
-msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used."
-msgstr "Die Methode ccw ist konfiguriert und wird verwendet."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "After shutdown, reload the system\n"
+#~ "with an IPL from FCP '%1'\n"
+#~ "with WWPN '%2'\n"
+#~ "and LUN '%3'.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Laden Sie das System nach dem Herunterfahren\n"
+#~ "mit einem IPL von FCP '%1'\n"
+#~ "mit WWPN '%2'\n"
+#~ "und LUN '%3' neu.\n"

-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:332
-msgid "The method ccw is configured."
-msgstr "Die Methode ccw ist konfiguriert."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "After shutdown, reload the system \n"
+#~ "with an IPL from the device \n"
+#~ "that contains /boot"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Das System nach dem Herunterfahren \n"
+#~ "mit einem IPL von dem Gerät neuladen, \n"
+#~ "das /boot enthält."

-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:335
-msgid "The method ccw is not supported."
-msgstr "Die Methode ccw wird nicht unterstützt."
+#~ msgid "Reipl"
+#~ msgstr "Reipl"

-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:343
-msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used."
-msgstr "Die Methode fcp ist konfiguriert und wird verwendet."
+#~ msgid "&Reipl"
+#~ msgstr "&Reipl"

-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:345
-msgid "The method fcp is configured."
-msgstr "Die Methode fcp ist konfiguriert."
+#~ msgid "Configured reipl methods"
+#~ msgstr "Konfigurierte reipl-Methoden"

-#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:348
-msgid "The method fcp is not supported."
-msgstr "Die Methode fcp wird nicht unterstützt."
+#~ msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used."
+#~ msgstr "Die Methode ccw ist konfiguriert und wird verwendet."
+
+#~ msgid "The method ccw is configured."
+#~ msgstr "Die Methode ccw ist konfiguriert."
+
+#~ msgid "The method ccw is not supported."
+#~ msgstr "Die Methode ccw wird nicht unterstützt."
+
+#~ msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used."
+#~ msgstr "Die Methode fcp ist konfiguriert und wird verwendet."
+
+#~ msgid "The method fcp is configured."
+#~ msgstr "Die Methode fcp ist konfiguriert."
+
+#~ msgid "The method fcp is not supported."
+#~ msgstr "Die Methode fcp wird nicht unterstützt."

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/rpm-groups.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/rpm-groups.de.po 2017-05-23 07:06:46 UTC
(rev 97359)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/rpm-groups.de.po 2017-05-23 07:07:48 UTC
(rev 97360)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: rpm-groups\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bugzilla.opensuse.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-09 12:27+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-15 17:26+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -71,6 +71,9 @@
msgid "Building"
msgstr "Building"

+msgid "C++"
+msgstr ""
+
msgid "CAD"
msgstr "CAD"

@@ -116,9 +119,6 @@
msgid "Convertors"
msgstr "Konverter"

-msgid "Daemon"
-msgstr "Daemon"
-
msgid "Daemons"
msgstr "Daemons"

@@ -320,9 +320,6 @@
msgid "LXDE"
msgstr "LXDE"

-msgid "LXDE-Qt"
-msgstr "LXDE-Qt"
-
msgid "LXQt"
msgstr "LXQt"

@@ -356,6 +353,11 @@
msgid "Modem"
msgstr "Modem"

+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Monitoring"
+msgid "monitoring"
+msgstr "Überwachung"
+
msgid "Monitoring"
msgstr "Überwachung"

@@ -569,9 +571,6 @@
msgid "Terminals"
msgstr "Terminals"

-msgid "Tests"
-msgstr "Tests"
-
msgid "TeX"
msgstr "TeX"

@@ -655,3 +654,12 @@

msgid "YaST"
msgstr "YaST"
+
+#~ msgid "Daemon"
+#~ msgstr "Daemon"
+
+#~ msgid "LXDE-Qt"
+#~ msgstr "LXDE-Qt"
+
+#~ msgid "Tests"
+#~ msgstr "Tests"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/s390.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/s390.de.po 2017-05-23 07:06:46 UTC (rev
97359)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/s390.de.po 2017-05-23 07:07:48 UTC (rev
97360)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: s390\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-31 17:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
msgstr "DASD"

#. section name in proposal - menu item
-#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110
+#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:111
msgid "&DASD"
msgstr "&DASD"

@@ -60,24 +60,24 @@
msgstr "Erkennung der verfügbaren Controller"

#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:71
msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration des S/390-Festplatten-Controllers"

#. push button
-#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:83
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr "&DASD-Platten konfigurieren"

#. push button
-#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:93
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr "&ZFCP-Platten konfigurieren"

#. Initialization dialog contents
#. Initialization dialog contents
-#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98
+#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:101 src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:97
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialisierung..."

@@ -102,82 +102,82 @@
msgstr "&zFCP"

#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:165
msgid "&Activate"
msgstr "&Aktivieren"

#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:167
msgid "&Deactivate"
msgstr "&Deaktivieren"

#. menu button id
#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:169 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178
msgid "Set DIAG O&n"
msgstr "DIAG auf &An schalten"

#. menu button id
#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:171 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:180
msgid "Set DIAG O&ff"
msgstr "DIAG auf A&us schalten"

#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:173
msgid "&Format"
msgstr "&Formatieren"

#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:182
msgid "Set Format On"
msgstr "Format auf Ein setzen"

#. menu button id
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:184
msgid "Set Format Off"
msgstr "Format auf Aus setzen"

#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel)
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks"
msgstr "&Parallele formatierte Datenträger"

#. error popup message
#. error popup message
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:216 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:673
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:465
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr "Es wurde keine Platte ausgewählt."

#. 8 means disk is not formatted
#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST)
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:243 src/modules/DASDController.rb:149
msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?"
msgstr "Das Gerät %1 ist nicht formatiert. Gerät jetzt formatieren?"

-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:246 src/modules/DASDController.rb:152
msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?"
msgstr "%1 Geräte sind nicht formatiert. Geräte jetzt formatieren?"

#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:258
msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1."
msgstr "Gerät für Kanal %1 konnte nicht gefunden werden."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:312
msgid "Disk %1 is not active."
msgstr "Platte %1 ist nicht aktiv"

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:318
msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing."
msgstr "Für Platte %1 besteht kein Schreibzugriff"

#. popup question
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:342
msgid ""
"Formatting these disks destroys all data on them.<br>\n"
"Really format the following disks?<br>\n"
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
" %1"

#. Dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:404
msgid "DASD Disk Management"
msgstr "DASD-Plattenverwaltung"

@@ -196,111 +196,111 @@
#. table header
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:411 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:420
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:125
msgid "Channel ID"
msgstr "Kanalnummer"

#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Format"
msgstr "Formatieren"

#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:415 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:428
msgid "Use DIAG"
msgstr "DIAG verwenden"

#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:422 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131
msgid "Device"
msgstr "Gerät"

#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:424
#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Typ"

#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Access Type"
msgstr "Zugriffstyp"

#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:430
msgid "Formatted"
msgstr "Formatiert"

#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432
msgid "Partition Information"
msgstr "Partitionsinformationen"

#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:142
msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID"
msgstr "&Niedrigste Kanalnummer"

#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:450 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID"
msgstr "&Höchste Kanalnummer"

#. push button
#. push button
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:456 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:155
msgid "&Filter"
msgstr "&Filter"

#. menu button
#. menu button
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:466 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Perform &Action"
msgstr "&Aktion durchführen"

-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:470
msgid "&Select All"
msgstr "Alle &auswählen"

-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:471
msgid "&Deselect All"
msgstr "Alle a&bwählen"

#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:541 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:215
msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs."
msgstr "Filter hat eine ungültige Kanalnummer."

#. Dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:584
msgid "Add New DASD Disk"
msgstr "Neue DASD-Platte hinzufügen"

#. text entry
#. combo box
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:595 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:294
msgid "&Channel ID"
msgstr "&Kanalnummer"

#. check box
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:599
msgid "Format the Disk"
msgstr "Platte formatieren"

#. check box
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:602
msgid "Use &DIAG"
msgstr "&DIAG verwenden"

#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:624
msgid ""
"Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
@@ -312,14 +312,14 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:635 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:340
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:357 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:393
msgid "Not a valid channel ID."
msgstr "Keine gültige Kanalnummer."

#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:645 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:423
msgid "Device already exists."
msgstr "Device existiert bereits."

@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@
"die Schaltflche <b>Abbrechen</b> klicken.</p>"

#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Controller Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@

#. Write dialog help 2/2
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:49 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n"
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@

#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4
#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:55 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured DASD Disks</big></b><br>\n"
"In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system.</p>"
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@

#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4
#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:60 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p>To filter the displayed disks, set the <b>Minimum Channel ID</b> and \n"
"the <b>Maximum Channel ID</b> and click <b>Filter</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -386,12 +386,12 @@
"festlegen und auf <b>Filtern</b> klicken.</p>\n"

#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:65
msgid "<p>To configure a new DASD disk, click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Zum Konfigurieren einer neuen DASD-Platte drücken Sie auf
<b>Hinzufügen</b>.</p>"

#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p>To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n"
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@
"Sie diese und drücken Sie auf <b>Löschen</b>.</p>"

#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p>To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select
all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n"
"<b>Select All</b> or <b>Deselect All</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@
"<b>Alle auswählen</b> oder <b>Alle abwählen</b>.</p>\n"

#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p>To perform an action on the selected disks, use <b>Perform Action</b>.\n"
"The action will be performed immediately!</p>"
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@
"<b>Aktion durchführen</b>. Die Aktion wird sofort durchgeführt.</p>"

#. Disk add help 1/3
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Add New DASD Disk</big></b><br>\n"
"To add a disk, enter the <b>Channel ID</b> of the DASD disk as\n"
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@
"Kennung an.</p>"

#. Disk add help 1/3
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:98
msgid ""
"<p>If the disk should be formatted,\n"
"use <b>Format the Disk</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -438,13 +438,13 @@
"benutzen Sie <b>Platte formatieren</b>.</p>\n"

#. Disk add help 3/3
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:102
msgid "<p>To use DIAG mode, select <b>Use DIAG</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>Um den DIAG-Modus zu verwenden, wählen Sie <b>DIAG
verwenden</b>.</p>\n"

#. Initialization dialog caption
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:95 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:94
msgid "Controller Configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration des Controllers"

@@ -473,17 +473,17 @@
msgstr "Es können nur ganze Platten genutzt werden, keine Partitionen. Falls
das Gerät in einer inkompatiblen Weise formatiert oder partitioniert ist,
aktivieren Sie die Kontrollbox <b>Überschreiben der Platte erzwingen</b>.</p>"

#. Dump dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:63
msgid "<p>To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST
DASD or ZFCP dialog.<br>"
msgstr "<p>Um DASD- und ZFCP-Geräte zu nutzen, aktivieren Sie diese im
entsprechenden YaST-DSAD- oder ZFCP-Dialog.<br>"

#. Dump dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:67
msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be
shown.</p>"
msgstr "Geräte, die bereits verwendet werden oder eingehängte Partitionen
enthalten, werden nicht angezeigt.</p>"

#. Dump dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>dumpdevice</b> after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n"
"device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs.</p>"
@@ -492,31 +492,31 @@
"Dump-Gerät genutzt werden kann. Dump-Geräte mit mehreren Volumes sind an
einer Liste von DASD-IDs erkennbar.</p>"

#. Dump dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76
msgid "<p>ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump<br>"
msgstr "<p>ZFCP-Spalten: Gerät, Größe, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump<br>"

#. Dump dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:78
msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump</p>"
msgstr "DASD-Spalten: Gerät, Größe, ID, Dump</p>"

#. Dialog content
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:96
msgid "&ZFCP"
msgstr "&ZFCP"

-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:122
msgid "&Force overwrite of disk"
msgstr "&Überschreiben der Festplatte erzwingen"

#. prevent leading space
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:186
msgid "You haven't selected any device."
msgstr "Sie haben kein Gerät ausgewählt."

#. warn only in case of force
-#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193
+#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:191
msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device
will be lost! Continue?"
msgstr "Die Festplatte %1 wird als Dump-Gerät formatiert. Alle Daten auf
diesem Gerät gehen verloren! Weiter?"

@@ -539,44 +539,44 @@
"<br>Trennen Sie diese durch Zeilenumbrüche.</p>\n"

#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:44
msgid "<p><b><big>TS-Shell</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>TS-Shell</big></b></p>"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:47
msgid "<p>TS-Shell allows to specify <b>Authorization</b> for every TS-Shell
user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members.</p>"
msgstr "<p>TS-Shell erlaubt es, <b>Berechtigungen</b> für jeden
TS-Shell-Benutzer und TS-Shell-Gruppen festzulegen. Die Rechte von Gruppen
werden von ihren Mitgliedern geerbt.</p>"

#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:52
msgid "<p>Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under
<b>Selection</b>, defined by a <b>Regex</b> or loaded from a <b>File</b> which
contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Jede zulässige z/VM-ID kann von Hand unter <b>Auswahl</b>
eingetragen, durch einen <b>RegEx</b> definiert oder aus einer <b>Datei</b>
geladen werden. Diese muss alle zulässigen z/VM-IDs, durch Zeilenumbrüche
getrennt, beinhalten.</p>"

#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
"<p>Click on <b>New User</b> to create new TS-Shell users or <b>Delete\n"
"User</b> to remove users.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Klicken Sie auf <b>Neuer Benutzer</b>, um einen neuen
TS-Shell-Benutzer anzulegen oder auf <b>Benutzer Löschen</b> um Benutzer zu
entfernen.</p>"

#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p>To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to
change\n"
"the membership of users, go to <b>Manage Groups</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Zum Hinzufügen und Löschen von Gruppen, aus der
TS-Shell-Authentifizierungstabelle oder um die Mitgliedschaft von Benutzern zu
ändern, gehen Sie zur <b>Gruppenverwaltung</b>.</p>"

#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:68
msgid "<p>With <b>Audited IDs</b> specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts
should be gathered.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Spezifizieren Sie mit <b>Geprüfte IDs</b>, die z/VM IDs von welcher
die Protokolle erfasst werden sollen.</p>"

#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:72
msgid "<p><b><big>New TS-Shell User</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Neuer TS-Shell-Benutzer</big></b></p>"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p>To create new TS-Shell user the <b>Username</b>, <b>Home Directory</b> and
<b>Password</b> has to be provided.\n"
"\t<br>It is also possible to specify <b>Additional Groups</b> by selecting
them on the right.</p>"
@@ -585,30 +585,30 @@
"\t<br>Es ist auch möglich, <b>Zusätzliche Gruppen</b> durch Auswahl auf der
rechten Seite anzugeben.</p>"

#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login,
activate <b>Force Password Change</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Um sicherzustellen, dass der Benutzer nach dem ersten Anmelden sein
Passwort ändert, aktivieren Sie <b>Passwortwechsel erzwingen</b>.</p>"

#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:86
msgid ""
"<p>You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n"
"data will be stored there.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Sie können für jeden TS-Shell-Benutzer das gleiche Home-Verzeichnis
auswählen, da darin keine Daten gespeichert werden.</p>"

#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:91
msgid "<p><b><big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Gruppen für TS-Autorisierung verwalten</big></b></p>"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p>Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n"
"member of this groups to inherit the same rights.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Definieren Sie TS-Shell-Authentifizierungen pro Gruppe, wenn Sie
wollen, dass jedes TS-Shell-Mitglied dieser Gruppe die selben Rechte erbt.</p>"

#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p>Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n"
"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on <b>Select or
Deselect</b>. The current status is shown in the column <b>TS-Auth</b>.</p>"
@@ -617,7 +617,7 @@
"hinzugefügt und aus dieser entfernt werden. Wählen Sie die gewünschten
Gruppen in der Tabelle aus, und klicken Sie auf <b>Selektieren oder
Deselektieren</b>. Der aktuelle Status wird in der Spalte
<b>TS-Autorisierung</b> angezeigt.</p>"

#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the <b>TS-Members</b>\n"
"selection.</p>"
@@ -626,7 +626,7 @@
"einer ausgewählten Gruppe.</p>"

#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
"<p>New groups could be created by entering the name in the <b>New Group</b>
input field and confirming with <b>Create</b>.\n"
"\t<br>To delete previously created groups the <b>YaST users</b> dialog has to
be used.</p>"
@@ -635,21 +635,21 @@
"\t<br>Früher erstellte Gruppen müssen über das Dialogfeld
<b>YaST-Benutzer</b> gelöscht werden.</p>"

#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:115
msgid "<p>Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the <b>Back</b> button.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Machen Sie die Änderungen in diesem Dialog rückgängig, indem Sie
die Schaltfläche <b>Zurück</b> betätigen.</p>"

#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:119
msgid "<p><b><big>IUCVConn on Login</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>IUCVConn bei Anmeldung</big></b></p>"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:122
msgid "<p>IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these
users a <b>password</b> and <b>home directory</b> has to be provided."
msgstr "<p>IUCVConn bei der Anmeldung erfordert einen Benutzer für jede
z/VM-ID. Es muss ein <b>Passwort</b> und ein <b>Stammverzeichnis</b> vorhanden
sein, um diese Benutzer zu erstellen."

#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:127
msgid "<p>It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on <b>Sync</b>
or just confirming the changes with <b>Ok</b> while <b>IUCVConn on Login</b> is
enabled. </p>"
msgstr "<p>Benutzer können auch manuell synchronisiert werden. Klicken Sie
dazu auf <b>Sync</b> oder bestätigen Sie bei aktivierter <b>IUCVConn bei der
Anmeldung</b> die Änderungen einfach mit <b>OK</b>."

@@ -838,87 +838,87 @@
msgstr "TS-&Mitglieder"

#. draw active tab
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:594
msgid "&z/VM IDs"
msgstr "&z/VM-IDs"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595
msgid "&TS-Shell"
msgstr "&TS-Shell"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596
msgid "&IUCVConn"
msgstr "&IUCVConn"

#. check and commit password
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:708
msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid."
msgstr "Die Passwörter stimmen nicht überein oder sind ungültig."

#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:714
msgid "The username is not valid!"
msgstr "Der Benutzername ist nicht gültig!"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:718
msgid "A home directory has to be specified!"
msgstr "Es muss ein Startverzeichnis angegeben werden."

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:751
msgid "Adding the user has failed."
msgstr "Fehler beim Hinzufügen des Benutzers."

#. delete group entry if disabled
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:843
msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings"
msgstr "IUCV-Terminalservereinstellungen konfigurieren"

#. update screen
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:863
msgid "New TS-Shell User"
msgstr "Neuer TS-Shell-Benutzer"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:876
msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization"
msgstr "Gruppen für TS-Autorisierung verwalten"

#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name
specification
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1000
msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed."
msgstr "Falsche z/VM-ID \"%1\" in Zeile %2; es sind nur Buchstaben und Zahlen
zulässig."

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1012
msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not
allowed."
msgstr "Falsche z/VM-ID \"%1\" in Zeile %2; Zahlen am Anfang sind nicht
zulässig."

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1024
msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not
allowed."
msgstr "Falsche z/VM-ID \"%1\" in Zeile %2; es sind nicht mehr als acht
Zeichen zulässig."

#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1037
msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required."
msgstr "Falsche z/VM-ID \"%1\" in Zeile %2; es ist mindestens ein Buchstabe
erforderlich."

#. check password
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1061
msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required."
msgstr "Zur Synchronisierung der IUCVConn-Benutzer ist ein korrekt
eingegebenes Passwort erforderlich."

#. check home directory
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1067
msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid."
msgstr "Das angegebene IUCVConn-Basisverzeichnis ist ungültig."

#. update ts member selection
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1415
msgid "The group name is not valid!"
msgstr "Der Gruppenname ist nicht gültig!"

#. change tab selection back
#. check for z/VM ID entries
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1474
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1575
msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs."
msgstr "Der Terminalserver kann ohne gültige z/VM-IDs nicht eingerichtet
werden."

@@ -961,32 +961,32 @@
msgstr "<p>Es können mehrere <b>IUCVtty-Instanzen</b> betrieben werden um ein
Multi-Terminal-Gerät bereitzustellen. Die Instanzen werden durch eine
Terminal-ID unterschieden, welche eine Kombination der
<b>Terminal-ID-Präfix</b> und der Nummer der Instanz ist.<br>"

#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:131
msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix
&quot;<i>lxterm</i>&quot;, the terminal IDs from <i>lxterm0</i> to
<i>lxterm9</i> are available.</p>"
msgstr "Wenn Sie beispielsweise zehn Instanzen mit dem Präfix
&quot;<i>lxterm</i>&quot; definieren, stehen die Terminal-IDs <i>lxterm0</i>
bis <i>lxterm9</i> zur Verfügung.</p>"

#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:136
msgid "<p><b>HVC</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>HVC</b></p>"

#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:138
msgid "<p>The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device
nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and
login programs.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Der z/VM IUCV HVC-Gerätetreiber ist ein Kernel-Modul und benutzt
Gerätedateien, sodass bis zu acht HVC-Endgeräte mit getty und Login-Programmen
kommunizieren können.</p>"

#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143
msgid "<p>With <b>restrict access</b>, allow only connections from certain
<b>terminal servers</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Mit <b>Zugriff beschränken auf</b> erlauben Sie es nur bestimmten
Verbindungen auf den <b>Terminalserver</b> zuzugreifen.</p>"

#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147
msgid "<p>Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one
separately.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Definieren Sie die Emulation für alle Instanzen auf einmal oder für
jede einzeln.</p>"

#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p>Activate <b>route kernel messages to hvc0</b> to route kernel messages
to\n"
"the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0.<br>"
@@ -995,85 +995,85 @@
"das hvc0-Gerät statt an ttyS0 weitergeleitet.<br>"

#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:156
msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add
<b>console=ttyS0</b> to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the
<b>YaST bootloader module</b>.</p>"
msgstr "Wenn auf ttyS0 noch immer Kernel-Meldungen angezeigt werden, fügen Sie
im <b>Bootloader-Modul von YaST</b> den Parametern für die Kernel-Befehlszeile
von Hand <b>console=ttyS0</b> hinzu.</p>"

#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:161
msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout
through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Warnung: HVC-Terminals bleiben durch das Tastenkürzel ctrl _ d
angemeldet, wenn sie nicht manuell abgemeldet werden</h3>"

#. Dialog content
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:174
msgid "&IUCVtty"
msgstr "&IUCVtty"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182
msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix"
msgstr "Terminal-ID-&Präfix"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:188
msgid "I&UCVtty instances"
msgstr "I&UCVtty-Instanzen"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:202
msgid "HVC"
msgstr "HVC"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:212
msgid "H&VC instances"
msgstr "H&VC-Instanzen"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223
msgid "Restrict &access to"
msgstr "&Zugriff beschränken auf"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:229
msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers"
msgstr "Zulässige Terminal&server"

-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:237
msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0"
msgstr "&Kernel-Meldungen an hvc0 weiterleiten"

#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:330
msgid "Really leave without saving?"
msgstr "Wirklich beenden ohne Speichern?"

#. check iucv id
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:339
msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid."
msgstr "Die IUCV-ID ist nicht gültig."

#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:349
msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid."
msgstr "Die Terminalserver sind nicht gültig."

#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted
-#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366
+#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:380
msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect."
msgstr "Das System muss neu gestartet werden, damit die Änderungen wirksam
werden."

#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:62
msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD."
msgstr "Es ist/sind nur %1 Zeile(n) für VMCMD zulässig."

#. For translators: Caption of the dialog
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:108
msgid "On Panic Configuration"
msgstr "BeiPanik-Konfiguration"

#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:111
msgid "<p><b>Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic
occurs</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Aktionen bei Auftreten einer Kernel-Panik konfigurieren</b></p>"

#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:115
msgid "<p>The <b>Dumpconf</b> daemon needs to be enabled to influence the
behavior during kernel panics.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Der <b>Dumpconf</b>-Daemon muss aktiviert sein, um das Verhalten
bei Kernel-Panik beeinflussen zu können.</p>"

@@ -1107,83 +1107,83 @@
"Verfügbar auf LPAR-Maschinen mit z9(r) und neuer, sowie auf z/VMversion 5.3
und später.<br>"

#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:133
msgid "<b>vmcmd</b> Execute specified CP commands and stop system.</p>"
msgstr "<b>vmcmd</b> Angegebene CP-Kommandos ausführen und System stoppen.</p>"

#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:135
msgid "<p>The time defined in <b>Delay Minutes</b> defers activating the
specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the
system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is
performed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Der unter <b>Verzögerung in Minuten</b> definierte Zeitraum
verschiebt die Aktivierung der angegebenen Panikaktion für ein neu gestartetes
System, um Schleifen zu verhindern. Wenn das System vor Ablauf dieses Zeitraums
abstürzt, wird die Standardaktion (Stopp) durchgeführt.</p>"

#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:141
msgid "<p>The device for dumping the memory can be set with <b>Dump
Device</b>. If no device is shown you have to create one with the <b>YaST Dump
Devices</b> dialog.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Das Gerät für den Speicher-Dump kann über <b>Dump-Gerät</b>
festgelegt werden. Wenn kein Gerät angezeigt wird, müssen Sie im Dialogfeld
<b>YaST-Dump-Geräte</b> ein Gerät erstellen.</p>"

#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:147
msgid "<p>With <b>VMCMD</b> specify CP commands to be executed before the
Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Mit <b>VMCMD</b> legen Sie CP-Befehle fest, die ausgeführt werden,
bevor das Linux-System angehalten wird. Erlaubt sind nur %1 Zeilen und
insgesamt %2 Zeichen.</p>"

#. radio button label
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:171
msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf"
msgstr "Dumpconf n&icht starten"

#. radio button label
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:180
msgid "&Start Dumpconf"
msgstr "Dumpconf &starten"

#. combobox label
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:194
msgid "&Panic Action"
msgstr "&Panikaktion"

-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:197
msgid "Delay &Minutes"
msgstr "Verzögerung in &Minuten"

#. combobox label
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:207
msgid "&Dump Device"
msgstr "&Dump-Gerät"

-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:211
msgid "&VMCMD"
msgstr "&VMCMD"

#. don't allow dumps if no device is available
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:271
msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device."
msgstr "Es ist nicht möglich, den Dump-Vorgang ohne Dump-Gerät zu aktivieren."

#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command
-#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281
+#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:285
msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command."
msgstr "Es ist nicht möglich, vmcmd zu verwenden, ohne mindestens ein Kommando
zu definieren."

#. Dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices"
msgstr "Konfigurierte ZFCP-Geräte"

#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:118 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:127
msgid "WWPN"
msgstr "WWPN"

#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129
msgid "LUN"
msgstr "LUN"

#. yes-no popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:232 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:380
msgid ""
"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
@@ -1192,42 +1192,42 @@
"Alle Änderungen gehen dabei verloren."

#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "Add New ZFCP Device"
msgstr "Neues ZFCP-Gerät hinzufügen"

#. push button
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:300
msgid "Get WWPNs"
msgstr "WWPNs abrufen"

#. combo box
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "&WWPN"
msgstr "&WWPN"

#. push button
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:308
msgid "Get LUNs"
msgstr "LUNs abrufen"

#. combobox
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:311
msgid "&LUN"
msgstr "&LUN"

-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:314
msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use
allow_lun_scan."
msgstr "Wenn keine WWPN und keine LUN definiert wurden, versucht das System,
allow_lun_scan zu verwenden."

#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:365 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:402
msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid."
msgstr "Die eingegebene WWPN ist ungültig."

#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "The entered LUN is invalid."
msgstr "Die eingegebene LUN ist ungültig."

@@ -1241,7 +1241,7 @@
"</p>\n"

#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@
"</p>\n"

#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:55
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big></b><br>\n"
"Manage ZFCP devices on your system.</p>\n"
@@ -1259,12 +1259,12 @@
"Verwalten Sie die ZFCP-Geräte auf Ihrem System.</p>\n"

#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:59
msgid "<p>To configure a new ZFCP device, click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Zum Konfigurieren eines neuen ZFCP-Geräts klicken Sie auf
<b>Hinzufügen</b>.</p>"

#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:61
msgid ""
"<p>To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n"
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
@@ -1274,11 +1274,11 @@

#. Disk selection dialog Warning
#. Disk selection dialog Warning
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:90
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Warnung</h1>"

-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:66 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<p>When accessing a ZFCP device\n"
"<b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n"
@@ -1289,7 +1289,7 @@
" Anderenfalls besteht die Gefahr einer Datenbeschädigung.</p>"

#. Disk add help 1/2
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Add New ZFCP Device</big></b><br>\n"
"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n"
@@ -1302,7 +1302,7 @@
"(<b>WWPN</b>) und die <b>FCP-LUN</b>-Nummer ein.</p>\n"

#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "&lt;devno&gt;" is displayed as
"<devno>"
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:79
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs
conforming\n"
"format 0.0.&lt;devno&gt;, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n"
@@ -1320,95 +1320,95 @@

#. popup label
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:178 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:153
msgid "Running mkinitrd."
msgstr "mkinitrd wird ausgeführt."

#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:311
msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3"
msgstr "Kanalnummer: %1, Formatieren: %2, DIAG: %3"

-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:324
msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3"
msgstr "Kanalnummer: %1, Gerät: %2, DIAG: %3"

#. popup label
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:356
msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks"
msgstr "Konfigurierte DASD-Platten lesen"

#. error report, %1 is device identification
#. error report, %1 is device identification
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:446 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:422
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:515
msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted."
msgstr "%1: sysfs nicht eingehängt."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
#. error report, %1 is device identification
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:454 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:430
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:523
msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>."
msgstr "%1: Ungültiger Status für <online>."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:462 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:438
msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>."
msgstr "%1: Kein Gerät für <ccwid> gefunden."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:470
msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device."
msgstr "%1: Zustand des Geräts konnte nicht geändert werden."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:479
msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD."
msgstr "%1: Das Gerät ist kein DASD."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488
msgid "%1: Could not load module."
msgstr "%1: Das Modul konnte nicht geladen werden."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:497
msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD."
msgstr "%1: DASD konnte nicht aktiviert werden."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:506
msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted."
msgstr "%1: DASD ist nicht formatiert."

#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:571
msgid "%1: Unknown error %2."
msgstr "%1: Unbekannter Fehler %2.."

#. progress bar
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:622
msgid "Formatting %1:"
msgstr "Formatiere %1:"

#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer)
#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer)
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:651 src/modules/DASDController.rb:747
msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1."
msgstr "Die Plattenformatierung ist fehlgeschlagen. Abbruch-Code: %1."

#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3
#. integers,
#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:718
msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done"
msgstr "Formatieren von %1: Zylinder %2 von %3 fertig"

@@ -1447,9 +1447,9 @@
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:335 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:233 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:275
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"

@@ -1472,37 +1472,37 @@
msgstr "Dump-Geräte werden erstellt. Dieser Vorgang kann einige Minuten
dauern."

#. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:147
msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)."
msgstr "Ungültiger oder unbrauchbarer Datenträger (schwerwiegend)."

#. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:150
msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force."
msgstr "Inkompatible Formatierung oder Partitionierung, bitte mit 'Erzwingen'
korrigieren."

#. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:155
msgid "Missing support programs."
msgstr "Unterstützende Programme fehlen."

#. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:158
msgid "Missing or wrong parameters."
msgstr "Fehlende oder falsche Parameter."

#. error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:161
msgid "Access problem."
msgstr "Zugriffsproblem."

#. error description, %1 is error code (integer)
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:164
msgid "Error code from support program: %1."
msgstr "Fehlercode vom Unterstützungsprogramm: %1."

#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description
-#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169
+#: src/modules/Dump.rb:168
msgid ""
"Cannot create dump device %1:\n"
"%2"
@@ -1547,37 +1547,37 @@
msgstr "Kernel-Parameter werden gelesen..."

#. Inittab write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:221
msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration"
msgstr "Speichern der IUCV-Terminalkonfiguration"

#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:230
msgid "Write IUCVtty settings"
msgstr "IUCVtty-Einstellungen schreiben"

#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232
msgid "Write HVC settings"
msgstr "HVC-Einstellungen schreiben"

#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234
msgid "Write kernel parameters"
msgstr "Kernel-Parameter schreiben"

#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:238
msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..."
msgstr "IUCVtty-Einstellungen werden geschrieben..."

#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240
msgid "Writing HVC settings..."
msgstr "HVC-Einstellungen werden geschrieben..."

#. Progress step 3/4
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242
msgid "Writing kernel parameters..."
msgstr "Kernel-Parameter werden geschrieben..."

@@ -1588,27 +1588,27 @@

#. Read all settings
#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:316
msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration"
msgstr "Laden der Konfiguration des IUCV-Terminalservers"

#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:325
msgid "Read configuration files"
msgstr "Konfigurationsdateien lesen"

#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:327
msgid "Load user/group settings"
msgstr "Benutzer-/Gruppeneinstellungen laden"

#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:331
msgid "Reading configuration files..."
msgstr "Konfigurationsdateien werden gelesen..."

#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332
+#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:333
msgid "Loading user/group settings..."
msgstr "Benutzer-/Gruppeneinstellungen werden geladen..."

@@ -1638,67 +1638,67 @@
msgstr "Benutzereinstellungen werden aktualisiert..."

#. Dumpconf read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:214
msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration"
msgstr "Lesen der Dumpconf-Konfiguration"

#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:223
msgid "Checking dump devices"
msgstr "Prüfen der Dump-Geräte"

#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:225
msgid "Reading settings"
msgstr "Lesen der Einstellungen"

#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:229
msgid "Checking dump devices..."
msgstr "Dump-Geräte werden überprüft..."

#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:231
msgid "Reading the settings..."
msgstr "Einstellungen werden gelesen..."

#. Dumpconf write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:256
msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration"
msgstr "Speichern der Dumpconf-Konfiguration"

#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:265
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen schreiben"

#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:267
msgid "Restart the service"
msgstr "Dienst neu starten"

#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:271
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Einstellungen werden geschrieben..."

#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274
+#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:273
msgid "Restarting service..."
msgstr "Dienst wird neu gestartet..."

#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:279
msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3"
msgstr "Kanal-ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3"

-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:288
msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4"
msgstr "Kanal-ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Gerät: %4"

#. TRANSLATORS: warning message
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:348
msgid ""
"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n"
"You will have to set it manually."
@@ -1707,61 +1707,61 @@
"Diese Angabe muss manuell erfolgen."

#. popup label
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:366
msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices"
msgstr "Konfigurierte ZFCP-Geräte lesen"

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446
msgid "%1: WWPN invalid."
msgstr "%1: WWPN ungültig."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454
msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1."
msgstr "%1: WWPN konnte nicht für Adapter %1 aktiviert werden."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462
msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device."
msgstr "%1: ZFCP-Gerät konnte nicht aktiviert werden."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470
msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated."
msgstr "%1: SCSI-Datenträger konnte nicht deaktiviert werden."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478
msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered."
msgstr "%1: Registrierung für LUN konnte nicht aufgehoben werden."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486
msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered."
msgstr "%1: Registrierung für WWPN konnte nicht aufgehoben werden."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:531
msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist."
msgstr "%1: Gerät <ccwid> nicht vorhanden."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:539
msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded."
msgstr "%1: Modul zfcp konnte nicht geladen werden."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:547
msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed."
msgstr "%1: Adapter-Status konnte nicht geändert werden."

#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:555
msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active."
msgstr "%1: WWPN-Ports noch immer aktiv."

#. message, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:563
msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan."
msgstr "%1: Dieser Hostadapter unterstützt allow_lun_scan."

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/samba-server.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/samba-server.de.po 2017-05-23 07:06:46 UTC
(rev 97359)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/samba-server.de.po 2017-05-23 07:07:48 UTC
(rev 97360)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-05 02:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -1705,107 +1705,115 @@

#. translators: progress finished
#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:293
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"

+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:186
+msgid ""
+"Cups is required by samba for printing to \n"
+"work correctly. Do you wish to disable printing?\n"
+"Note: To reenable printing you will need to \n"
+"manually enable the \"printers\" share and install cups."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Samba-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:255
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:263
msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration"
msgstr "Speichern der Konfiguration des Samba-Servers"

#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "Globale Einstellungen schreiben"

#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270
msgid "Disable Samba services"
msgstr "Samba-Dienste deaktivieren"

#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:272
msgid "Enable Samba services"
msgstr "Samba-Dienste aktivieren"

#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:266
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:274
msgid "Write back-end settings"
msgstr "Backend-Einstellungen schreiben"

#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:276
msgid "Write Samba accounts"
msgstr "Samba-Konten schreiben"

#. translators: write progress stage
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:278
msgid "Save firewall settings"
msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen speichern"

#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:273
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "Globale Einstellungen werden geschrieben..."

#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:275
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283
msgid "Disabling Samba services..."
msgstr "Samba-Dienste werden deaktiviert..."

#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:277
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285
msgid "Enabling Samba services..."
msgstr "Samba-Dienste werden aktiviert..."

#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:279
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:287
msgid "Writing back-end settings..."
msgstr "Backend-Einstellungen werden geschrieben..."

#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:289
msgid "Writing Samba accounts..."
msgstr "Samba-Konten werden geschrieben..."

#. translators: write progress step
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:291
msgid "Saving firewall settings..."
msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen werden gespeichert..."

#. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:317
msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf."
msgstr "Einstellungen können nicht nach /etc/samba/smb.conf geschrieben
werden."

#. summary item: configured workgroup/domain
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:414
msgid "Global Configuration:"
msgstr "Globale Konfiguration:"

-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:408
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:416
#, perl-format
msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %s"
msgstr "Arbeitsgruppe oder Domain: %s"

#. summary item: selected role for the samba server
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:412
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:420
#, perl-format
msgid "Role: %s"
msgstr "Funktion: %s"

#. summary item: status of the samba service
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:415
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:423
msgid "Samba server is disabled"
msgstr "Samba-Server ist deaktiviert"

#. summary heading: configured shares
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:419
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:427
msgid "Share Configuration:"
msgstr "Freigabekonfiguration:"

#. summary item: no configured shares
-#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425
+#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:433
msgid "None"
msgstr "Keine"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/scanner.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/scanner.de.po 2017-05-23 07:06:46 UTC (rev
97359)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/scanner.de.po 2017-05-23 07:07:48 UTC (rev
97360)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: scanner\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-04 02:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2235
msgid "Failed to deactivate %1."
msgstr "Deaktivierung von %1 ist fehlgeschlagen"

@@ -954,7 +954,7 @@
#. to add a preceding "The error message is:" comment
#. to display an error message where
#. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:355
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:353
msgid ""
"The error message is:\n"
"\n"
@@ -966,7 +966,7 @@

#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:375
msgid "Failed to determine the version of package %1."
msgstr "Die Version von Paket '%1' konnte nicht ermittelt werden."

@@ -976,7 +976,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name.
#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name.
#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:397
msgid ""
"The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n"
"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly
Avasys)\n"
@@ -1010,12 +1010,12 @@

#. Is the package available to be installed?
#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:440
msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository
available."
msgstr "Erforderliches Paket %1 ist nicht installiert und es steht kein
Installations-Repository zur Verfügung"

#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:455
msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the
repository."
msgstr "Erforderliches Paket %1 ist nicht installiert und steht im Repository
nicht zur Verfügung."

@@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@
#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package,
#. or this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:476
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:474
msgid "Failed to install required package %1."
msgstr "Benötigtes Paket %1 konnte nicht installiert werden."

@@ -1031,7 +1031,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name.
#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:495
msgid ""
"Failed to determine the active scanners.\n"
"If the net metadriver is activated while there is a problem\n"
@@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active scanner was
determined.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:517
msgid "Failed to determine the active scanners."
msgstr "Aktive Scanner konnten nicht bestimmt werden"

@@ -1065,8 +1065,8 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:531 src/modules/Scanner.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:648 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2474
msgid "File %1 does not exist."
msgstr "Datei '%1' ist nicht vorhanden."

@@ -1078,8 +1078,8 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:551 src/modules/Scanner.rb:609
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:668 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2494
msgid "Failed to read %1."
msgstr "'%1' konnte nicht gelesen werden."

@@ -1087,7 +1087,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active driver was
determined.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:577
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:575
msgid "Failed to determine the active drivers."
msgstr "Aktive Treiber konnten nicht bestimmt werden"

@@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanner was autodetected.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:636
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:634
msgid "Failed to detect scanners automatically."
msgstr "Scanner konnten nicht automatisch erkannt werden."

@@ -1107,53 +1107,53 @@
#. - Determine active backends
#. - Try to autodetect USB and SCSI scanners and HP all-in-one USB and NETWORK
scanners
#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:764
msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration"
msgstr "Initialisierung der Scanner-Konfiguration"

-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:768
msgid "Check installed packages"
msgstr "Installierte Pakete prüfen"

#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770
msgid "Read or create the scanner database"
msgstr "Scanner-Datenbank lesen oder anlegen"

#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986
msgid "Determine active scanners"
msgstr "Aktive Scanner bestimmen"

#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774
msgid "Determine active drivers"
msgstr "Aktive Treiber bestimmen"

#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:778
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776
msgid "Detect scanners"
msgstr "Scanner erkennen"

#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:779
msgid "Checking installed packages..."
msgstr "Installierte Pakete werden geprüft..."

#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781
msgid "Reading or creating the scanner database..."
msgstr "Scanner-Datenbank wird eingelesen oder angelegt..."

#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999
msgid "Determining active scanners..."
msgstr "Erkennung der aktiven Scanner läuft.."

#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785
msgid "Determining active drivers..."
msgstr "Erkennung der aktiven Treiber läuft.."

@@ -1162,49 +1162,49 @@
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1001
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1070
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787 src/modules/Scanner.rb:999
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1068
msgid "Detecting scanners..."
msgstr "Scannererkennung läuft..."

#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"

#. Progress 2. stage (Read or create the scanner database):
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:859
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:857
msgid "Creating scanner database..."
msgstr "Anlegen der Scanner-Datenbank..."

#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:893
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:891
msgid "Aborting: Failed to create the scanner database."
msgstr "Abbruch: Scanner-Datenbank konnte nicht angelegt werden"

#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:933
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:931
msgid "Aborting: Failed to read %1."
msgstr "Abbruch: %1 konnte nicht gelesen werden"

#. Write scanner settings:
#. - Save the actual environment
#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1021
msgid "Writing Scanner Configuration"
msgstr "Scanner-Konfiguration schreiben"

-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1024
msgid "Save the actual environment"
msgstr "Aktuelle Umgebung speichern"

#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026
msgid "Saving the actual environment..."
msgstr "Aktuelle Umgebung wird gespeichert..."

@@ -1212,7 +1212,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1088
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1086
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n"
"It is possible to proceed but then the running ptal service could prevent\n"
@@ -1230,7 +1230,7 @@

#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1099
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1097
msgid ""
"Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened. \n"
"This happens if YaST runs in text-only mode, or the user who runs YaST \n"
@@ -1249,7 +1249,7 @@
#. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1111
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1109
msgid ""
"It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup.\n"
"Should the hplip package be installed?\n"
@@ -1259,7 +1259,7 @@

#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1117
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1115
msgid ""
"Cannot run hp-setup because\n"
"/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n"
@@ -1271,7 +1271,7 @@

#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1123
msgid ""
"Launched hp-setup.\n"
"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner
configuration.\n"
@@ -1281,25 +1281,25 @@

#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column
#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1296
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1294
msgid "Not Configured:"
msgstr "Nicht konfiguriert:"

#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1324 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2216
msgid "Unknown device"
msgstr "Gerät unbekannt"

#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1330 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2204
msgid "Unknown manufacturer"
msgstr "Unbekannter Hersteller"

#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1333 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2210
msgid "Unknown model"
msgstr "Modell unbekannt"

@@ -1310,14 +1310,14 @@
#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name
#. %2 will be replaced by the model name
#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1358 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2199
msgid "%1 %2 at %3"
msgstr "%1 %2 an %3"

#. A suffix for the second column of a table
#. where active scanner drivers are listed in the first column
#. to denote those drivers for which there is no matching active scanner:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1400
msgid "No scanner recognized by this driver"
msgstr "Kein Scanner von diesem Treiber erkannt"

@@ -1325,12 +1325,12 @@
#. when neither a scanner was autodetected
#. nor an active scanner was found
#. nor an active driver was found:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1424
msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists."
msgstr "Es wurde kein Scanner erkannt und es ist kein aktiver Scanner oder
Treiber vorhanden."

#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware
upload:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1453
msgid "Firmware upload required."
msgstr "Firmware-Upload benötigt."

@@ -1339,79 +1339,79 @@
#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name.
#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name.
#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1459
msgid "Third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys required."
msgstr "Es ist die \"Image Scan\"-Treiber-Software von Epson/Avasys
erforderlich."

#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name
#. which provides the driver for the particular model:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1527
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1525
msgid "Package %1"
msgstr "Paket %1"

#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1546
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide good functionality."
msgstr "Der nicht gewartete Treiber %1 könnte eine gute Funktionalität bieten."

#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1552
msgid "Driver %1 should provide good functionality."
msgstr "Treiber %1 sollte eine gute Funktionalität bieten."

#. Scanner model list status entry for "good" supported models:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1561
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1559
msgid "This scanner is not supported."
msgstr "Dieser Scanner wird nicht unterstützt."

#. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver:
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1566
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1564
msgid "This scanner is not supported by the driver %1."
msgstr "Dieser Scanner wird von Treiber %1 nicht unterstützt."

#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1574
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality."
msgstr "Der nicht gewartete Treiber %1 könnte eine vollständige Funktionalität
bieten."

#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1582
msgid "Driver %1 should provide complete functionality."
msgstr "Der Treiber %1 sollte eine umfassende Funktionalität bieten."

#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1592
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1590
msgid "Driver %1 may work, but was not tested."
msgstr "Der Treiber %1 ist möglicherweise funktionsfähig, wurde jedoch nicht
getestet."

#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1599
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide basic functionality."
msgstr "Der nicht gewartete Treiber %1 könnte die Basisfunktionalität bieten."

#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1607
msgid "Driver %1 should provide basic functionality."
msgstr "Der Treiber %1 sollte eine Basisfunktionalität bieten."

#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained:
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1617
msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality."
msgstr "Der nicht gewartete Treiber %1 könnte eine minimale Funktionalität
bieten."

#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1625
msgid "Driver %1 should provide minimal functionality."
msgstr "Der Treiber %1 sollte eine minimale Funktionalität bieten."

#. which are listed but without a known support status:
#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1633
msgid "Driver %1 may work, but the functionality is unknown."
msgstr "Der Treiber %1 ist möglicherweise funktionsfähig, die Funktionalität
ist jedoch unbekannt."

@@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@
#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird
Windows-only
#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this.
#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1884
msgid ""
"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's
memory.\n"
"Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n"
@@ -1454,7 +1454,7 @@
#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with
the hpaio driver.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1903
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n"
"It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n"
@@ -1471,7 +1471,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1915
msgid ""
"The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n"
"In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n"
@@ -1511,7 +1511,7 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1938
msgid ""
"There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n"
"It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n"
@@ -1528,51 +1528,51 @@
"Sie können auch fortfahren und die Druckerkonfiguration dahin gehend ändern,
dass der ptal-Dienst verwendet wird.\n"

#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1974
msgid "Setting Up Driver %1"
msgstr "Treiber '%1' wird eingerichtet"

-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1978
msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed"
msgstr "Überprüfen, ob zusätzliche Pakete installiert werden müssen"

#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980
msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required"
msgstr "Überprüfen, ob Firmware-Upload erforderlich ist"

#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982
msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers"
msgstr "Spezielle Anforderungen für bestimmte Treiber testen und einrichten"

#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984
msgid "Activate the driver"
msgstr "Treiber aktivieren"

#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1989
msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..."
msgstr "Es wird überprüft, ob zusätzliche Pakete installiert werden müssen..."

#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991
msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..."
msgstr "Es wird überprüft, ob ein Firmware-Upload erforderlich ist..."

#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993
msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..."
msgstr "Spezielle Anforderungen für bestimmte Treiber werden getestet und
eingerichtet..."

#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1997
msgid "Activating the driver..."
msgstr "Der Treiber wird aktiviert..."

#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2018
msgid "Required Package Not Installed"
msgstr "Benötigtes Paket ist nicht installiert"

@@ -1582,7 +1582,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog
#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown
#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2026
msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2."
msgstr "Der Treiber %1 benötigt das Paket %2."

@@ -1590,9 +1590,8 @@
#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing
system.
#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend.
#. Activate the backend via bash script:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2032 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2073
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2106 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2117
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "Abgebrochen"

@@ -1604,7 +1603,7 @@
#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database
#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested.
#. Otherwise skip this section.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2052
msgid "Firmware Upload Required"
msgstr "Firmware-Upload benötigt"

@@ -1613,19 +1612,12 @@
#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service
#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2096
msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work."
msgstr "Wenn der ptal-Dienst nicht läuft, kann der Scanner nicht
funktionieren."

-#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
-#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
-#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130
-msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system."
-msgstr "PTAL-System konnte nicht eingerichtet werden."
-
#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2191
msgid ""
"The following scanners use the same driver.\n"
"Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:"
@@ -1640,49 +1632,49 @@
#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name.
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2259
msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not
deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system."
msgstr "Der Treiber 'hpoj' wird deaktiviert, der zugehörige Dienst 'ptal'
jedoch nicht, da er vom CUPS-Drucksystem benötigt wird."

#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2274
msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service."
msgstr "Der ptal-Dienst konnte nicht angehalten werden."

#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285
msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service."
msgstr "Der ptal-Dienst konnte nicht deaktiviert werden."

#. If there is no active scanner for the backend
#. then show a message but exit successfully because
#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2344
msgid "No Scanner for %1"
msgstr "Kein Scanner für %1"

#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2346
msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner."
msgstr "Ohne passenden aktiven Scanner kann nicht getestet werden."

#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2361
msgid "&Scanner to Test"
msgstr "Zu testender &Scanner"

#. Test the device:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2383
msgid "Testing %1"
msgstr "%1 wird getestet"

#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver
name:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device
identifier.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2386
msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..."
msgstr "Test mit 'scanimage -d %1 -v' wird durchgeführt..."

@@ -1690,7 +1682,7 @@
#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
#. which are usually only available in English.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2398
msgid ""
"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n"
"The results are:\n"
@@ -1704,7 +1696,7 @@

#. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
#. Fallback message if the real results are missing:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2441
msgid "(no results available)"
msgstr "(keine Ergebnisse verfügbar)"

@@ -1714,7 +1706,7 @@
#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed
#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be
autodetected.
#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being
tested.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424
msgid "Successfully Tested %1"
msgstr "%1 erfolgreich getestet"

@@ -1722,7 +1714,7 @@
#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results
#. which are usually only available in English.
#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2430
msgid ""
"Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n"
"The results are:\n"
@@ -1738,7 +1730,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was
configured.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2460
msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network."
msgstr "Die Konfiguration zum Scannen via Netzwerk ist fehlgeschlagen."

@@ -1746,7 +1738,7 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to
be set up.
#. The latter results no error.
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2536
msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network."
msgstr "Einrichten des Scannens via Netzwerk ist fehlgeschlagen"

@@ -1761,11 +1753,14 @@
#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message
#. regarding scanning via network and firewall.
#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2564
msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network."
msgstr "Prüfen Sie, ob Ihre Firewall das Scannen über das Netzwerk erlaubt."

#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details:
-#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592
+#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2566
msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog."
msgstr "Für Details in Bezug auf die Firewall schauen Sie in den Hilfetext
dieses Dialogs."
+
+#~ msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system."
+#~ msgstr "PTAL-System konnte nicht eingerichtet werden."

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/smt.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/smt.de.po 2017-05-23 07:06:46 UTC (rev
97359)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/smt.de.po 2017-05-23 07:07:48 UTC (rev
97360)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: smt\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-04 17:26+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-22 12:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -646,6 +646,19 @@
msgid "Writing patches..."
msgstr "Patches werden geschrieben..."

+#. bnc #390085
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1129
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Database &Password"
+msgid "Database Password for %1 User"
+msgstr "Datenbank&passwort"
+
+#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1137
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "P&assword for user (again)"
+msgid "Database Password for %1 User Once Again"
+msgstr "P&asswort für den Benutzer (nochmal)"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#: src/include/smt/dialogs.rb:1167 src/modules/SMTData.rb:1130
msgid "The first and the second password do not match."

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/storage.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/storage.de.po 2017-05-23 07:06:46 UTC (rev
97359)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/storage.de.po 2017-05-23 07:07:48 UTC (rev
97360)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: storage\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-03 01:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-17 17:46+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
msgid "List partitions"
msgstr "Anzeige der Partition"

-#. Title for dialogue
+#. Title for dialog
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76
msgid "Suggested Partitioning"
msgstr "Vorschlag für Partitionierung"
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@

#. popup text
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:115
msgid ""
"No automatic proposal possible.\n"
"Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog."
@@ -100,16 +100,14 @@
"Dialog des \"Partitionierers\" an."

#. TRANSLATORS: button text
-#. this is the resize case
-#.
-#. this is the normal case
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164
-#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185
+#. Return a term for a PushButton("Edit Proposal Settings")
+#. or Empty() if that button is disabled in control.xml.
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:136 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:500
msgid "Edit Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen für Vorschlag bearbeiten"

#. help on suggested partitioning
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n"
@@ -121,7 +119,7 @@

#. help text continued
#. %1 is replaced by button text
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:176
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n"
@@ -136,7 +134,7 @@
"Expertenmodus.</p>\n"

#. help text continued
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n"
@@ -156,25 +154,25 @@

#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off
#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:233
msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal."
msgstr "Der angeforderte Vorschlag kann nicht erstellt werden."

#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:239
msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume."
msgstr "Nicht genug Speicherplatz verfügbar, um Snapshots für das root-Volume
vorzuschlagen."

#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:245 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr "Da nicht ausreichend Speicherplatz zur Verfügung steht, wird von einem
separaten /home-Verzeichnis abgeraten."

-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:284
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
msgstr "Kein root-Dateisystem zugewiesen. Fortfahren nicht möglich."

-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:305
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -639,12 +637,12 @@
#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection
#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut)
#. anyway
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:115
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:116
msgid "Available &Disks"
msgstr "Verfügbare &Platten"

#. label text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:150
msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)"
msgstr "&Benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung (für Experten)"

@@ -652,13 +650,13 @@
#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as
#. installation target
#. heading text
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:161
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:162
msgid "Hard Disk"
msgstr "Festplatte"

#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks
#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers.
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:173
msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for
installation."
msgstr "Keine Festplatten gefunden. Falls verfügbar, verwenden Sie für die
Installation die Aktualisierungs-CD."

@@ -667,7 +665,7 @@
#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to
#. do while the following locale is the help description
#. help part 1 of 3
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:185
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n"
@@ -680,7 +678,7 @@
"</p>\n"

#. help part 2 of 3
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:194
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n"
@@ -692,7 +690,7 @@
"</p>\n"

#. help part 3 of 3
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:203
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -711,7 +709,7 @@
#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning
#. Information what to do, background information
#. Information what to do, background information
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:216
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302
msgid "Preparing Hard Disk"
@@ -719,14 +717,24 @@

#. there is a selection from which one option must be
#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen
-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:271
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:269
msgid "Select one of the options to continue."
msgstr "Treffen Sie eine Auswahl, um fortzufahren."

-#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:297
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:295
msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2"
msgstr "Platte %1 wird von %2 verwendet"

+#. Warning popup about using the expert partitioner
+#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:352
+msgid ""
+"This is for experts only.\n"
+"You might lose support if you use this!\n"
+"\n"
+"Please refer to the manual to make sure your custom\n"
+"partitioning meets the requirements of this product."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
@@ -784,19 +792,35 @@
#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details.
#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93
msgid ""
+"No snapshots possible.\n"
+"Please use larger root partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105
+msgid ""
"The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n"
"ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly."
msgstr ""
"Die /home-Partition wird nicht formatiert. Prüfen Sie nach der
Installation,\n"
"ob die Eigentümer der Stammverzeichnisse richtig gesetzt sind."

+#. A custom configuration
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:123
+msgid "Custom"
+msgstr "Benutzerdefiniert"
+
+#. A standard configuration
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:126
+msgid "Standard"
+msgstr "Standard"
+
#. label text
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:239
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "Partitionierung"

#. label text
-#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:220
+#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:241
msgid "&Partitioning"
msgstr "&Partitionierung"

@@ -965,7 +989,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6295
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr "Separate &Home-Partition vorschlagen"

@@ -983,7 +1007,7 @@
msgstr "Vorschlagstyp"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:248
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -998,7 +1022,7 @@
"Möchten Sie dieses Setup wirklich verwenden?\n"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:261
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -1013,7 +1037,7 @@
"Diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:274
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1028,7 +1052,7 @@
"Diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:288
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1044,7 +1068,7 @@

#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:302
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n"
@@ -1061,7 +1085,7 @@
"Diese Einrichtung wirklich verwenden?\n"

#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:318
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -1082,13 +1106,20 @@
"Möchten Sie diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n"

#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Warning:\n"
+#| "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
+#| "We recommend to increase the size of /boot.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "Really keep this size of boot partition?\n"
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
"We recommend to increase the size of /boot.\n"
"\n"
-"Really keep this size of boot partition?\n"
+"Really keep this size of the boot partition?\n"
msgstr ""
"Warnung:\n"
"Ihre Boot-Partition ist kleiner als %1.\n"
@@ -1097,7 +1128,7 @@
"Soll diese Größe der Boot-Partition wirklich beibehalten werden?\n"

#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:355
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -1114,7 +1145,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:375
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -1133,7 +1164,7 @@
"Diese Einrichtung ohne /boot-Partition wirklich verwenden?\n"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:395
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -1153,7 +1184,7 @@
"\n"
"Möchten Sie diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n"

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:421
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
@@ -1167,7 +1198,7 @@
"\n"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:441
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n"
"installation might not be directly bootable, because\n"
@@ -1184,7 +1215,7 @@
"Möchten Sie diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:459
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n"
"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n"
@@ -1209,7 +1240,7 @@
"Soll diese Konfiguration wirklich verwendet werden?\n"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:481
msgid ""
"Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n"
"encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n"
@@ -1233,12 +1264,12 @@
"Soll diese Konfiguration wirklich verwendet werden?\n"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504
msgid "Really use this setup?"
msgstr "Möchten Sie diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:512
msgid ""
"\n"
"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
@@ -1260,7 +1291,7 @@
"Wollen Sie wirklich diese Konfiguration ohne Auslagerungspartition
verwenden?\n"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:528
msgid ""
"\n"
"You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n"
@@ -1273,7 +1304,7 @@
"garantieren, vor allem in den folgenden Fällen:\n"

#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:535
msgid ""
"- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n"
"- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n"
@@ -1286,7 +1317,7 @@
"- die Partition noch kein Dateisystem enthält.\n"

#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542
msgid ""
"If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount
points\n"
@@ -1297,7 +1328,7 @@
"/, /boot, /opt oder /var handelt.\n"

#. continued popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:548
msgid ""
"If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n"
"\n"
@@ -1308,7 +1339,7 @@
"Soll die Partition wirklich unformatiert bleiben?\n"

#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:609
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1317,7 +1348,7 @@
"Entfernen Sie es vor dem Bearbeiten aus dem RAID.\n"

#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:620
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1326,7 +1357,7 @@
"Entfernen Sie es vor dem Bearbeiten aus der Volume-Gruppe.\n"

#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:630
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1335,7 +1366,7 @@
"Entfernen Sie das Volume vor dem Bearbeiten.\n"

#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:663
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1344,7 +1375,7 @@
"Entfernen Sie es vor dem Löschen aus dem RAID.\n"

#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:674
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1352,12 +1383,12 @@
"Das Gerät (%2) wird von %1 verwendet.\n"
"Entfernen Sie %1 vor dem Löschen.\n"

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:686
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr "Sie kann nicht gelöscht werden während sie eingehängt ist."

#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:722
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
@@ -1367,7 +1398,7 @@
"Partition mit einer höheren Nummer wird zurzeit verwendet.\n"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:798
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently
mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1381,7 +1412,7 @@
"Wenn Sie nicht gute Gründe für Ihr Vorgehen haben, wählen Sie 'Abbrechen'.\n"

#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:816
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1396,7 +1427,7 @@
"erweiterte Partition löschen.\n"

#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:827
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1411,7 +1442,7 @@
"bevor Sie die erweiterte Partition löschen.\n"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:838
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1423,6 +1454,30 @@
"die gerade verwendet wird. Entfernen Sie das verwendete Volume\n"
"vor dem Löschen der erweiterten Partition.\n"

+#. popup text, %1 is a size
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:905
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Warning:\n"
+#| "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
+#| "We recommend to increase the size of /boot.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "Really keep this size of boot partition?\n"
+msgid ""
+"Warning:\n"
+"\n"
+"Your root partition is very small for snapshots.\n"
+"We recommend to increase the size of the root partition\n"
+"to %1 or more or to disable snapshots.\n"
+"\n"
+"Really keep the current setup?\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Warnung:\n"
+"Ihre Boot-Partition ist kleiner als %1.\n"
+"Es empfiehlt sich, sie zu vergrößern.\n"
+"\n"
+"Soll diese Größe der Boot-Partition wirklich beibehalten werden?\n"
+
#. heading text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70
msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System."
@@ -1430,13 +1485,13 @@

#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6423
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr "Vergessen Sie keinesfalls, was Sie hier eingeben!"

#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:808
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr "Leeres Passwort erlaubt."

@@ -1465,7 +1520,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:833
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr "G&eben Sie ein Passwort für Ihr Dateisystem ein:"

@@ -1476,7 +1531,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4007
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:817 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr "&Bestätigen Sie das Passwort:"

@@ -1499,7 +1554,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3963
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1510,7 +1565,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3971
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1631,47 +1686,54 @@
msgstr "Datei&system"

#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1059
msgid "O&ptions..."
msgstr "O&ptionen..."

+#. Translators: checkbox text
+#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6276
+msgid "Enable Snapshots"
+msgstr "Snapshots aktivieren"
+
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1084
msgid "&Encrypt Device"
msgstr "Gerät &verschlüsseln"

#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1159
msgid "File system &ID:"
msgstr "Dateisystem-&ID:"

#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1191
msgid "Format"
msgstr "Format"

#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1201
msgid "Do &not format"
msgstr "&Nicht formatieren"

#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1211
msgid "&Format"
msgstr "&Formatieren"

#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1264
msgid "Fs&tab Options"
msgstr "Fs&tab-Optionen"

#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1271
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "&Einhängepunkt"

#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1283
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n"
@@ -1698,7 +1760,7 @@
"Fortfahren?\n"

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1312
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1709,7 +1771,7 @@
"Nur fat, ext2, ext3 und ReiserFS erlauben das Verkleinern eines Dateisystems."

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1319
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1720,21 +1782,21 @@
"Nur fat, ext2, ext3 und ReiserFS erlauben das Verkleinern eines Dateisystems."

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1331
msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition."
msgstr "Sie riskieren Datenverlust, wenn Sie diese Partition verkleinern."

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1337
msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume."
msgstr "Sie riskieren Datenverlust, wenn Sie dieses logische Volume
verkleinern."

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1341
msgid "Continue?"
msgstr "Fortfahren?"

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1745,7 +1807,7 @@
"Nur fat, ext2, ext3, xfs und ReiserFS erlauben das Vergrößern eines
Dateisystems."

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1364
msgid ""
"\n"
"The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n"
@@ -1755,20 +1817,20 @@
"Das Dateisystem auf dem ausgewählten Logical-Volumen kann nicht von YaST2
vergrößert werden.\n"
"Nur fat, ext2, ext3, xfs und reiser erlauben das Vergrößern eines
Dateisystems."

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1372
msgid "Continue resizing?"
msgstr "Mit Größenänderung fortfahren?"

#. Popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1389
msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it."
msgstr "Sie haben eine Partition mit einem darauf enthaltenen
Reiser-Dateisystem verkleinert."

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1391
msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it."
msgstr "Sie haben ein logisches Volume mit einem darauf enthaltenen
Reiser-Dateisystem verkleinert."

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1398
msgid ""
"\n"
"It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n"
@@ -1783,7 +1845,7 @@
"Wollen Sie das Dateisystem jetzt verkleinern?"

#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1452
msgid ""
"The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1797,7 +1859,7 @@
"Wenn Sie sich unsicher sind, wählen Sie besser 'Abbrechen'.\n"

#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1475
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1812,7 +1874,7 @@
"bevor Sie das Gerät löschen.\n"

#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1486
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected device contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1827,7 +1889,7 @@
"Sie das Gerät löschen.\n"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1497
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected device contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1840,47 +1902,40 @@
"bevor Sie das Gerät löschen.\n"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1558
msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n"
msgstr "<p>Erstellt Subvolumes in einem Btrfs-Dateisystem und entfernt diese
daraus.</p>\n"

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1563
msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Aktiviert automatische Snapshots für ein Btrfs-Dateisystem mit
Snapper.</p>"

#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1577
msgid "Existing Subvolumes:"
msgstr "Vorhandene Subvolumes:"

#. label text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1583
msgid "New Subvolume"
msgstr "Neues Subvolume"

#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1589
msgid "Add new"
msgstr "Neu hinzufügen"

#. button text
#. push button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1595
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147
msgid "Remove"
msgstr "Entfernen"

-#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253
-msgid "Enable Snapshots"
-msgstr "Snapshots aktivieren"
-
#. heading text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1605
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:386
msgid "Subvolume Handling"
msgstr "Behandlung des Subvolume"

@@ -1900,7 +1955,7 @@
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr "Der Subvolume-Name %1 ist bereits vorhanden."

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1702
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr "Die bisher in diesem Dialog vorgenommen Änderungen gehen verloren."

@@ -1943,7 +1998,7 @@

#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:745
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or
/var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1962,7 +2017,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:760
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file
system.\n"
@@ -1982,7 +2037,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:774
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have
at\n"
@@ -2014,7 +2069,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:786
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -2085,17 +2140,17 @@
"Sie müssen alle Partitionen auf diesem Datenträger zum Entfernen markieren.\n"

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:50
msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n"
msgstr "Der Einhängepunkt \"%1\" kann nicht für LVM verwendet werden.\n"

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:77
msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID."
msgstr "Der Einhängepunkt %1 kann nicht für RAID verwendet werden."

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:96
msgid ""
"You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n"
"that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n"
@@ -2113,21 +2168,8 @@
"Wollen Sie das wirklich?\n"

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:138
msgid ""
-"You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n"
-"with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n"
-"/var\". This is not possible. Change the mount point or use a\n"
-"nonloopbacked file system.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Sie haben einer Partition ein verschlüsseltes Dateisystem \n"
-"mit einem der folgenden Einhängepunkte zugewiesen: \"/\", \"/usr\",
\"/boot\",\n"
-" /var\". Dies ist nicht möglich. Ändern Sie den Einhängepunkt oder verwenden
Sie ein\n"
-"Dateisystem ohne Loopback.\n"
-
-#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158
-msgid ""
"You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n"
"may contain files that need to be executable.\n"
"\n"
@@ -2147,28 +2189,28 @@
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap
#. @param mount mount point
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:185
msgid "Mount point must not be empty."
msgstr "Einhängepunkt muss angegeben werden."

#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:190
msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point."
msgstr "Swap-Geräte müssen Swap als Einhängepunkt verwenden."

#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:194
msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point."
msgstr "Nur Swap-Geräte können Swap als Einhängepunkt verwenden."

#. && mount!="swap" )
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:209
msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one."
msgstr "Der Einhängepunkt wird bereits verwendet. Geben Sie einen anderen an."

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:219
msgid ""
"FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n"
"This is not possible."
@@ -2177,12 +2219,12 @@
"Dies ist nicht möglich."

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:228
msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount
point."
msgstr "Ungültiges Zeichen in Einhängepunkt. \"`'!\"%#\" dürfen in einem
Einhängepunkt nicht verwendet werden."

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:237
msgid ""
"You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n"
"/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n"
@@ -2193,12 +2235,12 @@
"/var/adm/mnt\n"

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:246
msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" "
msgstr "Ihr Einhängepunkt muss mit einem \"/\" beginnen."

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:252
msgid ""
"It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n"
"to a device without a swap file system."
@@ -2207,17 +2249,23 @@
"zugewiesen werden, das kein Swap-Dateisystem enthält."

#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299
+#. %2 is replaced by the user entered size (e.g. 20GB)
+#. %3 is replaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB)
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:280
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n"
+#| "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n"
msgid ""
"Your partition is too small to use %1.\n"
-"The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n"
+"The size you entered (after rounding up) is %2.\n"
+"The minimum size for this file system is %3.\n"
msgstr ""
"Die Partition ist für die Verwendung von %1 zu klein.\n"
"Die Mindestgröße für dieses Dateisystem beträgt %2.\n"

#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:346
msgid ""
"It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n"
"to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system."
@@ -2226,7 +2274,7 @@
"kann kein Einhängepunkt zugewiesen werden."

#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:545
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -2250,12 +2298,12 @@

#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:980
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1007
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr "Das Dateisystem ist gerade unter %1 eingehängt."

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:985
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2265,12 +2313,12 @@

#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:996
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr "Aushängen"

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1012
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2278,15 +2326,15 @@
"Sie können versuchen, es auszuhängen, oder abbrechen.\n"
"Klicken Sie auf 'Abbrechen' falls Sie sich nicht sicher sind."

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1058
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Das Dateisystems kann nicht verkleinert werden während es eingehängt
ist."

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1071
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Das Dateisystem kann nicht vergrößert werden während es eingehängt
ist."

-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1082
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr "Die Größe des Dateisystems kann nicht verändert werden während es
eingehängt ist."

@@ -2767,47 +2815,47 @@
"werden soll, und geben Sie den Einhängepunkt ein (/, /boot, /home, /var
usw.).</p>"

#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:336
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr "Formatierungsoptionen"

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr "Partition formatieren"

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:355
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr "Partition nicht formatieren"

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr "Partition nicht einhängen"

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:390
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr "Einhängeoptionen"

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:398
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr "Partition einhängen"

#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:404 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "Einhängepunkt"

#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:411
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr "Fs&tab-Optionen..."

#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr "Crypt-Dateien müssen verschlüsselt sein."

#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:606
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2820,17 +2868,17 @@
"Aktivieren Sie auch die Formatierungsoption.\n"

#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:622
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr "Für Crypt-Dateien ist ein Einhängepunkt erforderlich."

#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:636
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr "Für TMPFS ist ein Einhängepunkt erforderlich."

#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:720
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2845,7 +2893,7 @@
"</p>"

#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:733
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2860,21 +2908,21 @@
"(Suspend to Disk) verwendet werden.\n"
"</p>\n"

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:803
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr "Alle auf dem Volume vorhandenen Daten gehen verloren!"

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Passwort"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:923
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr "Skalierung wird vom zugrunde liegenden Gerät nicht unterstützt."

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:928
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
@@ -2884,7 +2932,7 @@
"Eine Größenänderung der ausgewählten Partitionen ist nicht möglich, da das
Dateisystem auf der\n"
"Partition keine Größenänderungen unterstützt.\n"

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:952
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
@@ -2893,7 +2941,7 @@
"geändert werden kann, während es eingehängt ist."

#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:971
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
@@ -2902,21 +2950,21 @@
"da das Dateisystem inkonsistent zu sein scheint.\n"

#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:998
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr "Größe der Partition %1 ändern"

#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1019
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr "Größe des logischen Volume %1 ändern"

#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1051
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr "Aktuelle Größe: %1"

-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1063
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr "Aktuell genutzt: %1"

@@ -2924,8 +2972,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1113
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2937,33 +2985,33 @@

#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1086
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Maximale Größe (%1)"

#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1096
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Minimale Größe (%1)"

#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1105
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Größe"

#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1139
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie die neue Größe.</p>"

#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1190
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2973,7 +3021,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1233
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2986,12 +3034,12 @@
"enorm erhöhen würde."

#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1309
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr "Ausgabe von %1"

#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1336
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr "Platten erneut absuchen..."

@@ -3252,7 +3300,7 @@

#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5226
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5221
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr "Die Festplatte wird verwendet und kann nicht geändert werden."

@@ -5299,12 +5347,12 @@
msgstr "Schemadatei"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:289
msgid "Tmpfs &Size"
msgstr "TMPFS-&Größe"

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:298
msgid ""
"Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n"
"Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again."
@@ -5312,12 +5360,12 @@
"Ungültige Größenangabe. Geben Sie eine Zahl gefolgt von K, M, G oder % an.\n"
"Der Wert muss größer als 100k oder zwischen 1% und 200% liegen. Versuchen Sie
es erneut."

-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:301
msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again."
msgstr "Der Wert muss zwischen 1% und 200% liegen. Versuchen Sie es erneut."

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308
msgid ""
"<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n"
"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or
Gigabyte or\n"
@@ -5328,17 +5376,17 @@
"als Zahl gefolgt von einem Prozentzeichen (Prozentsatz des Speichers)
angegeben werden.</p>"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:322
msgid "Swap &Priority"
msgstr "Swap-&Priorität"

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:330
msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again."
msgstr "Der Wert muss zwischen 0 und 32767 liegen. Bitte erneut versuchen."

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:337
msgid ""
"<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n"
"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n"
@@ -5347,12 +5395,12 @@
"Geben Sie die Swap-Priorität ein. Je höher die Nummer, desto höher die
Priorität.</p>\n"

#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:494
msgid "Mount &Read-Only"
msgstr "Sch&reibgeschützt einhängen"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:498
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n"
"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During
installation\n"
@@ -5363,12 +5411,12 @@
"wird das Dateisystem immer schreibfähig eingehängt.</p>"

#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:510
msgid "No &Access Time"
msgstr "Keine &Zugriffszeit"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:514
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n"
"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n"
@@ -5377,12 +5425,12 @@
"Zugriffszeiten werden nicht aktualisiert, wenn eine Datei gelesen wird. Der
Standardwert ist \"Falsch\".</p>\n"

#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:524
msgid "Mountable by User"
msgstr "Durch Benutzer einhängbar"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n"
"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n"
@@ -5391,12 +5439,12 @@
"Das Dateisystem kann durch einen normalen Benutzer eingehängt werden.
Standard ist 'false' (unwahr).</p>\n"

#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:541
msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up"
msgstr "Nicht beim System&start einhängen"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:547
msgid ""
"<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n"
"The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n"
@@ -5412,12 +5460,12 @@
"eingehängt wird). Der Standard ist \"Falsch\".</p>\n"

#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:564
msgid "Enable &Quota Support"
msgstr "&Quotenunterstützung aktivieren"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:570
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n"
"The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n"
@@ -5428,12 +5476,12 @@
"Standard ist 'aus'.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:589
msgid "Data &Journaling Mode"
msgstr "Daten-&Journaling-Modus"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:598
msgid ""
"<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n"
"Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n"
@@ -5452,12 +5500,12 @@
"wird nicht beibehalten. Keine Leistungsbeeinträchtigung.</p>\n"

#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619
msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)"
msgstr "Listen für &Zugriffskontrolle (ACL)"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623
msgid ""
"<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n"
"Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5466,12 +5514,12 @@
"Aktivieren von Listen für die Zugriffskontrolle auf dem Dateisystem.</p>\n"

#. button text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:634
msgid "&Extended User Attributes"
msgstr "&Erweiterte Benutzerattribute"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:638
msgid ""
"<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n"
"Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5480,16 +5528,16 @@
"Erweiterte Benutzerattribute auf dem Dateisystem erlauben.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:655
msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value"
msgstr "Beliebiger Options&wert"

-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:660
msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or
tabs. Try again."
msgstr "Ungültige Zeichen in einem Optionswert. Es dürfen keine Leerzeichen
und Tabulatoren verwendet werden. Versuchen Sie es erneut."

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:664
msgid ""
"<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of
/etc/fstab.\n"
@@ -5500,12 +5548,12 @@
"Mehrere Optionen werden durch Kommata getrennt.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:681
msgid "Char&set for file names"
msgstr "Zeichen&satz für Dateinamen"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:702
msgid ""
"<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n"
"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n"
@@ -5514,12 +5562,12 @@
"Bestimmen Sie den Zeichensatz, der zur Anzeige von Dateinamen in
Windows-Partitionen verwendet wird.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:713
msgid "Code&page for short FAT names"
msgstr "Code&seite für FAT-Kurzbezeichnungen"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:719
msgid ""
"<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file
systems.</p>\n"
@@ -5528,12 +5576,12 @@
"Diese Codeseite wird zum Konvertieren nach Kurzbezeichnungen auf
FAT-Dateisystemen verwendet.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733
msgid "Number of &FATs"
msgstr "Anzahl der &FATs"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:739
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n"
"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default
is 2.</p>"
@@ -5544,12 +5592,12 @@
"</p>"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:748
msgid "FAT &Size"
msgstr "FAT-&Größe"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:759
msgid ""
"<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If
auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for
the file system size.</p>\n"
@@ -5560,17 +5608,17 @@
"</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:768
msgid "Root &Dir Entries"
msgstr "Einträge im Root-&Verzeichnis (/)"

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776
msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again."
msgstr "Die minimale Anzahl der \"Einträge im Root-Verzeichnis\" ist 112.
Versuchen sie es erneut."

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780
msgid ""
"<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n"
"Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n"
@@ -5579,12 +5627,12 @@
"Wählen Sie die Anzahl der verfügbaren Einträge im Root-Verzeichnis aus.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:793
msgid "Hash &Function"
msgstr "Hash-&Funktion"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:800
msgid ""
"<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n"
"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in
directories.</p>\n"
@@ -5593,12 +5641,12 @@
"Hiermit wird der Name der Hash-Funktion angegeben, die verwendet wird, um
Dateinamen in Verzeichnissen zu sortieren.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:809
msgid "FS &Revision"
msgstr "&Version des Dateisystems"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n"
"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for
backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent,
but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n"
@@ -5608,12 +5656,12 @@

#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:829 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:993
msgid "Block &Size in Bytes"
msgstr "Block&größe in Byte"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024,
2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of
4096 is used.</p>\n"
@@ -5623,13 +5671,13 @@

#. label text
#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075
msgid "&Inode Size"
msgstr "&Inode-Größe"

#. help text, richtext format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:851 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1081
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n"
"This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5638,12 +5686,12 @@
"Mit dieser Option wird die Inode-Größe des Dateisystems festgelegt.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:860
msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space"
msgstr "&Prozent Inode-Bereich"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n"
"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of
space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
@@ -5652,12 +5700,12 @@
"Mit der Option \"Prozent Inode-Bereich\" wird festgelegt, wie viel Prozent
des Platzes im Dateisystem maximal mit Inodes belegt werden dürfen.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:897
msgid "Inode &Aligned"
msgstr "Inodes &gereiht"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:903
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is
or\n"
@@ -5671,12 +5719,12 @@
"normalerweise einen effizienteren Zugriff als ungereihte.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:933
msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes"
msgstr "&Protokollgröße in Megabyte"

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942
msgid ""
"The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Enter a value greater than zero.\n"
@@ -5686,7 +5734,7 @@

#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:947
msgid ""
"<p><b>Log Size</b>\n"
"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate
size.</p>\n"
@@ -5696,17 +5744,17 @@
"dann beträgt der Standardwert 40% der Gesamtgröße.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:955
msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility"
msgstr "&Dienstprogramm zum Auflisten der \"Bad Blocks\" aufrufen"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969
msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks"
msgstr "Schritt&weite in Blöcken"

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:977
msgid ""
"The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n"
"Select a value greater than 1.\n"
@@ -5715,7 +5763,7 @@
"Wählen Sie einen Wert größer als 1.\n"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:981
msgid ""
"<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n"
"Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n"
@@ -5728,7 +5776,7 @@
"die Anzahl der Blöcke in einem RAID-Stripe.</p>\n"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048,
and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by
the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
@@ -5739,12 +5787,12 @@
"anhand der Größe und des erwarteten Speicherbedarfs des Dateisystems
bestimmt.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1009
msgid "Bytes per &Inode"
msgstr "Byte pro &Inode"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1015
msgid ""
"<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n"
"Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n"
@@ -5768,12 +5816,12 @@
"die Anzahl der Inodes nachträglich zu erhöhen.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031
msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root"
msgstr "Anteil der für &root reservierten Blöcke"

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1041
msgid ""
"The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n"
"Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n"
@@ -5783,17 +5831,17 @@

#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1046
msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the
percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so
that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0,
lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Anteil der für root reservierten Blöcke:</b> Geben Sie die für
den Superuser reservierten Blöcke in Prozent an. Der Standardwert wird so
berechnet, dass normalerweise 1 GiB reserviert wird. Das obere Limit für den
Standardwert ist 5,0, das untere Limit ist 0,1.</p>"

#. checkbox text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1055
msgid "Disable Regular Checks"
msgstr "Reguläre Überprüfung deaktivieren"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1063
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n"
"Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n"
@@ -5802,12 +5850,12 @@
"Deaktiviert die regelmäßige Überprüfung des Dateisystems beim Booten.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1090
msgid "&Directory Index Feature"
msgstr "&Verzeichnisindex-Funktion"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1097
msgid ""
"<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n"
"Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n"
@@ -5816,12 +5864,12 @@
"Aktiviert die Verwendung von Hash-B-Trees zur schnelleren Suche in großen
Verzeichnissen.</p>\n"

#. label text
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1109
msgid "&No Journal"
msgstr "&Kein Journal"

#. help text, richtext format
-#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103
+#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1116
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you
really\n"
@@ -5934,7 +5982,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:994
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:989
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr "Die Größe kann nicht verändert werden:"

@@ -5947,7 +5995,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2697 src/modules/Storage.rb:3920
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -5960,7 +6008,7 @@
"Möglicherweise wurde ein falsches Passwort für die Verschlüsselung
angegeben.\n"

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -5971,7 +6019,7 @@
"Versuchen Sie es erneut."

#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3982
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -5983,24 +6031,24 @@

#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4036
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "V&erschlüsselungspasswort eingeben:"

#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4095
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "Passwort eingeben"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4114
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr "Folgende verschlüsselte Volumes sind bereits verfügbar."

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4129
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr "Aktivierung verschlüsselter Volumes"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -6012,12 +6060,12 @@
"Die Passwörter müssen bekannt sein, wenn die Volumes während eines\n"
"Updates benötigt werden oder ein verschlüsseltes physisches LVM-Volume
enthalten."

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4145
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "Wollen Sie Verschlüsselungspasswörter angeben?"

#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -6028,69 +6076,69 @@
"Das Passwort wird bei allen Geräten probiert."

#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4208
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "Verschlüsselungspasswort eingeben"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4211
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr "Es gibt kein verschlüsseltes Volume zum Freigeben."

#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4224
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "Geben Sie das Passwort für eines der folgenden Geräte an:"

#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4227
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "Geben Sie das Passwort für folgendes Gerät an:"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4240
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr "Es wird versucht, verschlüsselte Volumes freizugeben..."

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4264
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr "Mit dem Passwort konnte keines der Volumes freigegeben werden."

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "IDE-Platte"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "SCSI-Platte"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4362
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Datenträger"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4390
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "DM-RAID"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4403
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr "MD-RAID"

#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "Installieren der benötigten Pakete fehlgeschlagen."

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4899 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr "Trotz des Fehlers fortfahren?"

#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5238
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5233
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are
used."
msgstr "Es können keine Partitionen erstellt werden, da andere Partitionen auf
dem Datenträger verwendet werden."

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5264
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5259
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6100,7 +6148,7 @@
"Gerät %1 kann nicht geändert werden. Es enthält einen aktiven\n"
"Swap-Bereich, der während der Installation gebraucht wird.\n"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5273
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6110,7 +6158,7 @@
"Gerät %1 kann nicht geändert werden. Es enthält die Installationsdaten,\n"
"die zur Durchführung der Installation gebraucht werden.\n"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5307
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
@@ -6120,7 +6168,7 @@
"Gerät %1 kann nicht entfernt werden. Es enthält einen aktiven\n"
"Swap-Bereich, der während der Installation gebraucht wird.\n"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5311
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6130,7 +6178,7 @@
"Gerät %1 kann nicht entfernt werden. Es enthält die Installationsdaten,\n"
"die zur Durchführung der Installation gebraucht werden.\n"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6142,7 +6190,7 @@
"Gerät %2 ändern, das einen aktiven Auslagerungsbereich enthält,\n"
"der während der Installation gebraucht wird.\n"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5356
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5351
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6154,7 +6202,7 @@
"Durchführung der Installation gebraucht werden.\n"

#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see
bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5378
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5373
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -6165,18 +6213,18 @@
"auf Platte %2 verwendet werden.\n"

#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this
function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5467
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5462
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr "Kein root-Dateisystem zugewiesen!"

-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5468
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5463
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr "Die Installation wird höchstwahrscheinlich fehlschlagen!"

#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6018
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6013
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr "Fehler beim Hinzufügen der folgenden auflösbaren Objekte: %1"

@@ -6830,31 +6878,31 @@

#. bsc#983003
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4624 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5747
msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file
system under Windows."
msgstr "Größe kann aufgrund inkonsistenten Dateisystems nicht geändert werden.
Versuchen Sie, das Dateisystem unter Windows zu überprüfen."

#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "Dateisystem für Root-Partition"

#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "Dateisystem für Home-Partition"

#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6327
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr "&Swap für Suspend erweitern"

-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen für Vorschlag"

#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6352
msgid ""
"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
@@ -6865,7 +6913,7 @@
"Vorschlag</b> wird das System verschlüsselt.</p>"

#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6360
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -6878,7 +6926,7 @@
"Platzbedarf der Root-Partition.</p>"

#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6369
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
@@ -6887,7 +6935,7 @@
"die Home-Partition lässt sich über die entsprechende Combobox auswählen.</p>"

#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6376
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
@@ -6895,32 +6943,32 @@
"<p>Die Auslagerungspartition kann so groß angelegt werden, dass\n"
"das System in den meisten Fällen auf der Festplatte in den Ruhezustand
versetzt werden.</p>"

-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6401
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "Geben Sie Ihr Passwort für den Verschlüsselungsvorschlag ein."

#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6408
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "Passwort:"

#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6419
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "Passwort zur Überprüfung erneut eingeben:"

#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6617
msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
msgstr "&Partitionsbasierter Vorschlag"

-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6619
msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr "&LVM-basierter Vorschlag"

-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6621
msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
msgstr "V&erschlüsselter LVM-basierter Vorschlag"

@@ -6966,3 +7014,14 @@
#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
msgstr "Sichtbare Informationen über Speichergeräte:"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n"
+#~ "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n"
+#~ "/var\". This is not possible. Change the mount point or use a\n"
+#~ "nonloopbacked file system.\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Sie haben einer Partition ein verschlüsseltes Dateisystem \n"
+#~ "mit einem der folgenden Einhängepunkte zugewiesen: \"/\", \"/usr\",
\"/boot\",\n"
+#~ " /var\". Dies ist nicht möglich. Ändern Sie den Einhängepunkt oder
verwenden Sie ein\n"
+#~ "Dateisystem ohne Loopback.\n"

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/update.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/update.de.po 2017-05-23 07:06:46 UTC (rev
97359)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/update.de.po 2017-05-23 07:07:48 UTC (rev
97360)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: update\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-01-31 02:31+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-20 02:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -172,8 +172,8 @@
#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74
#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106
#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2006
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1445 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1451
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2009
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Unbekannt"

@@ -664,19 +664,19 @@
msgstr "Einhängen &überspringen"

#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1069
msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?"
msgstr "Falsches Passwort. Erneut versuchen?"

#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1172
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "Warnung"

#. TRANSLATORS: error message,
#. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size
#. %2 with the recommended size
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1177
msgid ""
"Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n"
"We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not
fit.\n"
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@
"Möchten Sie mit dem Aktualisieren des aktuellen Systems fortfahren?\n"

#. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount'
command
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1269
msgid ""
"The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -714,27 +714,27 @@
"Klicken Sie zum Abbrechen der Aktualisierung auf 'Abbrechen'.\n"

#. push button
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1287
msgid "&Specify Mount Options"
msgstr "Einhängeoptionen &angeben"

#. popup heading
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
msgid "Mount Options"
msgstr "Einhängeoptionen"

#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "&Einhängepunkt"

#. tex entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1309
msgid "&Device"
msgstr "&Gerät"

#. text entry label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1314
msgid ""
"&File System\n"
"(empty for autodetection)"
@@ -743,12 +743,12 @@
"(leer für automatische Erkennung)"

#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1391
msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n"
msgstr "Die /var-Partition %1 konnte nicht eingehängt werden.\n"

#. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values
later
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1432
msgid ""
"<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n"
"<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n"
@@ -760,17 +760,17 @@
"<b>udev IDs:</b> %5,<br>\n"
"<b>udev Pfad:</b> %6"

-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1446
msgid "None"
msgstr "Keine"

#. a popup caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1469
msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically"
msgstr "Die /var-Partition wird nicht automatisch gefunden"

#. a popup message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1474
msgid ""
"Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the
upgrade\n"
"process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition
manually\n"
@@ -781,22 +781,22 @@
", um den Aktualisierungsvorgang fortzusetzen."

#. a combo-box label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1487
msgid "&Select /var Partition Device"
msgstr "&/var-Partitionsgerät auswählen"

#. an informational rich-text widget label
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1493
msgid "Device Info"
msgstr "Geräteinformationen"

#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1634
msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n"
msgstr "/var-Partition kann mit dieser Festplattenkonfiguration nicht
eingehängt werden.\n"

#. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1665
msgid ""
"Partitions could not be mounted.\n"
"\n"
@@ -809,7 +809,7 @@
#. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when
#. typing passwords for encrypted partitions
#. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1709
msgid ""
"Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This
is\n"
"not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n"
@@ -822,37 +822,37 @@
"durch eine andere Methode zu ersetzen."

#. error message
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1727
msgid "No fstab found."
msgstr "Es wurde keine fstab (File System Table) gefunden."

#. message part 1
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1752
msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n"
msgstr "Ungültige Partitionsangabe für Root in /etc/fstab.\n"

#. message part 2
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1757
msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n"
msgstr "Derzeit als %1 eingehängt, jedoch als %2 angegeben.\n"

#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken before system update
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1813
msgid "before update"
msgstr "vor der Aktualisierung"

#. prepare progress-bar
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2134
msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..."
msgstr "Untersuchung der Root-Partition. Einen Moment bitte..."

#. intermediate popup while mounting partitions
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2214
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2217
msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..."
msgstr "Partitionen werden eingehängt. Einen Moment bitte..."

#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2229
+#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2232
msgid "Searching for Available Systems"
msgstr "Verfügbare Systeme werden gesucht"


Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/vm.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/vm.de.po 2017-05-23 07:06:46 UTC (rev
97359)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/vm.de.po 2017-05-23 07:07:48 UTC (rev
97360)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: vm\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-01 02:29+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-31 02:29+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
msgstr "Hypervisor und Werkzeuge installieren"

#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69
+#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:70
msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..."
msgstr "Der virtuelle Computer wird konfiguriert..."


Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/xpram.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/xpram.de.po 2017-05-23 07:06:46 UTC (rev
97359)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/xpram.de.po 2017-05-23 07:07:48 UTC (rev
97360)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: xpram\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-31 17:53+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-16 19:52+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -55,46 +55,46 @@
msgstr "<p>Dieses Werkzeug unterstützt zurzeit nur die Zuweisung des gesamten
XPRAM zu einer einzigen Partition. Wenn Sie mehrere Partitionen verwenden
möchten, lesen Sie den Artikel \"Device Drivers, Features and Commands November
30, 2004\" für den Linux-Kernel 2.6 - April 2004 Stream.</p><p>Deaktivieren Sie
in diesem Fall XPRAM in diesem Modul.</p>"

#. help text for XPRAM 3/4
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:57
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:60
msgid "<p>Choose the correct mount point for <b>Mount Point</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie unter <b>Einhängepunkt</b> den richtigen Einhängepunkt
aus.</p>"

#. help text for XPRAM 4/4
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:59
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:62
msgid "<p>Next, choose the file system to use on the device.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie als Nächstes das auf dem Gerät zu verwendende
Dateisystem aus.</p>"

#. radio button label for to not start xpram
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:83
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:86
msgid "Do No&t Start XPRAM"
msgstr "XPRAM &nicht starten"

#. radio button label for to start xpram
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:92
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:95
msgid "&Start XPRAM"
msgstr "XPRAM &starten"

-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:104
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:107
msgid "Install File System or Swap Although &XPRAM Contains Valid Data"
msgstr "Dateisystem oder Auslagerung (Swap) installieren, obwohl &XPRAM
gültige Daten enthält"

#. frame label
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:113
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:116
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "Einhängepunkt"

#. combobox label
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:122
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:125
msgid "&Mount Point"
msgstr "&Einhängepunkt"

#. frame label
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:137
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:140
msgid "File System Type"
msgstr "File System Type"

#. combobox label
-#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:146
+#: src/include/s390/xpram/ui.rb:149
msgid "F&ile System to Use:"
msgstr "Zu verwendendes &Dateisystem"

@@ -104,36 +104,34 @@
msgstr "XPRAM-Konfiguration speichern"

#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:109
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:108
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Einstellungen schreiben"

#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:111
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:110
msgid "Restart the service"
msgstr "Dienst neu starten"

#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:115
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:114
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Einstellungen werden geschrieben..."

#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:117
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:116
msgid "Restarting service..."
msgstr "Dienst wird neu gestartet..."

#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:119
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:118
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Fertig"

-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:136
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:135
msgid "Error stopping xpram. Try \"rcxpram stop\" manually."
msgstr "xpram kann nicht gestoppt werden. Versuchen Sie es mit \"rcxpram
stop\" manuell."

-#. map out = (map) SCR::Execute(.target.bash_output,"bash -x /etc/init.d/xpram
start", $["TERM":"raw"]);
-#. y2milestone("got %1", out);
-#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Xpram.rb:151
msgid "Error starting xpram. Try \"rcxpram start\" manually."
msgstr "xpram kann nicht gestartet werden. Versuchen Sie es mit \"rcxpram
start\" manuell."

Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/yast2-apparmor.de.po
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/yast2-apparmor.de.po 2017-05-23 07:06:46 UTC
(rev 97359)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/yast2-apparmor.de.po 2017-05-23 07:07:48 UTC
(rev 97360)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-04-05 02:27+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-04-18 14:00\n"
"Last-Translator: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
"Language-Team: Novell language <language@xxxxxxxxxx>\n"
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

#. AppArmor dialog caption
#. Network dialog caption
-#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:51 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:440
+#: src/clients/apparmor.rb:51 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:60
msgid "AppArmor Configuration"
msgstr "AppArmor-Konfiguration"

@@ -136,125 +136,17 @@
#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com
#.
#. ***************************************************************************
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52
-msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation
and AppArmor profile settings."
-msgstr "Bei diesem Vorgang wurde der nachfolgende Fehler generiert. Überprüfen
Sie die Installation und die AppArmor-Profileinstellungen."
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:48
+msgid "Failed to change apparmor service. Please use journal (journalctl -n -u
apparmor) to diagnose"
+msgstr ""

-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:115
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "Deaktiviert"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:92 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:104
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:116
-msgid "1 minute"
-msgstr "1 Minute"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:93 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:105
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:117
-msgid "5 minutes"
-msgstr "5 Minuten"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:94 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:106
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:118
-msgid "10 minutes"
-msgstr "10 Minuten"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:95 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:107
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:119
-msgid "15 minutes"
-msgstr "15 Minuten"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:96 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:108
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:120
-msgid "30 minutes"
-msgstr "30 Minuten"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:97 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:109
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:121
-msgid "1 hour"
-msgstr "1 Stunde"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:98 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:110
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:122
-msgid "1 day"
-msgstr "1 Tag"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:99 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:111
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:123
-msgid "1 week"
-msgstr "1 Woche"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:131 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:233
-msgid "Security Event Notification"
-msgstr "Sicherheitsereignisbenachrichtigung"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:138
-msgid "Terse Notification"
-msgstr "Knappe Benachrichtigung"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:142 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:171
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:200
-msgid "Frequency"
-msgstr "Intervall"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:145 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:174
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:203
-msgid "Email Address"
-msgstr "E-Mail-Adresse"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:150 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:179
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:208
-msgid "Severity"
-msgstr "Schweregrad"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:159 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:188
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:217
-msgid "Include Unknown Severity Events"
-msgstr "Ereignisse mit unbekanntem Schweregrad aufnehmen"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:167
-msgid "Summary Notification"
-msgstr "Zusammenfassungsbenachrichtigung"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:196
-msgid "Verbose Notification"
-msgstr "Ausführliche Benachrichtigung"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:270 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:310
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:350
-msgid "An email address is required for each selected notification method."
-msgstr "Für jede ausgewählte Benachrichtigungsmethode muss eine E-Mail-Adresse
angegeben werden."
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:394
-msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: "
-msgstr "Konfiguration für folgende Vorgänge nicht möglich:"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:401 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:434
-msgid "Notification is enabled"
-msgstr "Die Benachrichtigung ist aktiviert"
-
-#. Notification Status
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:403 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:431
-msgid "Notification is disabled"
-msgstr "Die Benachrichtigung ist deaktiviert"
-
-#. AppArmor Status
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:422
-msgid "AppArmor is disabled"
-msgstr "AppArmor ist deaktiviert"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:426
-msgid "AppArmor is enabled"
-msgstr "AppArmor ist aktiviert"
-
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:61
msgid ""
"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy
enforcement \n"
"module is loaded and functioning.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>AppArmor-Status</b><br>Hiermit wird angegeben, ob das
AppArmor-Modul zum Erzwingen von Richtlinien geladen wurde und ordnungsgemäß
funktioniert.</p>"

-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:444
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:64
msgid ""
"<p><b>Security Event Notification</b><br>Configure this tool if you want \n"
"to be notified by email when access violations have occurred.</p>"
@@ -262,7 +154,7 @@
"<p><b>Benachrichtigung bei Sicherheits-Ereignissen</b><br>Konfigurieren Sie
dieses Hilfsprogramm, wenn Sie \n"
"per E-Mail informiert werden wollen, wenn Zugriffsverletzungen auftreten.</p>"

-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:447
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p><b>Profile Modes</b><br>Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \n"
"uses individual profiles.</p>"
@@ -270,38 +162,28 @@
"<p><b>Profi-Modi</b><br>Benutzen Sie dieses Hilfsprogramm, um einzustellen,
wie AppArmor \n"
"individuelle Profile verwendet.</p>"

-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:462
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:82
msgid "&Enable AppArmor"
msgstr "&AppArmor aktivieren"

-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:469
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:89
msgid "Configure AppArmor"
msgstr "AppArmor konfigurieren"

-#. event notification disabled due to changes in AppArmor
-#. `Frame ( _("Security Event Notification"),
-#. `HBox(
-#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(1),
-#. `HVCenter( `Label( `id(`notifyLabel), evEnStr )),
-#. `PushButton( `id(`ntconf), _("C&onfigure")),
-#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(1)
-#. )
-#. ),
-#. `VSpacing(1), `HSpacing(20),
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:485
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:95
msgid "Configure Profile Modes"
msgstr "Profilmodi konfigurieren"

-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:491
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:101
msgid "Set profile modes"
msgstr "Profilmodi festlegen"

-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:494
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:104
msgid "Co&nfigure"
msgstr "Ko&nfigurieren"

#. May want to replace Wizard() with UI()
-#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518
+#: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:128
#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187
#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235
#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245
@@ -1948,7 +1830,77 @@
msgid "You must select a profile to edit."
msgstr "Sie müssen ein zu bearbeitendes Profil auswählen."

-#: perl-lib/Notify.pm:51
-#, perl-format
-msgid "Failed copying %s."
-msgstr "Fehler beim Kopieren von '%s'."
+#~ msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your
installation and AppArmor profile settings."
+#~ msgstr "Bei diesem Vorgang wurde der nachfolgende Fehler generiert.
Überprüfen Sie die Installation und die AppArmor-Profileinstellungen."
+
+#~ msgid "Disabled"
+#~ msgstr "Deaktiviert"
+
+#~ msgid "1 minute"
+#~ msgstr "1 Minute"
+
+#~ msgid "5 minutes"
+#~ msgstr "5 Minuten"
+
+#~ msgid "10 minutes"
+#~ msgstr "10 Minuten"
+
+#~ msgid "15 minutes"
+#~ msgstr "15 Minuten"
+
+#~ msgid "30 minutes"
+#~ msgstr "30 Minuten"
+
+#~ msgid "1 hour"
+#~ msgstr "1 Stunde"
+
+#~ msgid "1 day"
+#~ msgstr "1 Tag"
+
+#~ msgid "1 week"
+#~ msgstr "1 Woche"
+
+#~ msgid "Security Event Notification"
+#~ msgstr "Sicherheitsereignisbenachrichtigung"
+
+#~ msgid "Terse Notification"
+#~ msgstr "Knappe Benachrichtigung"
+
+#~ msgid "Frequency"
+#~ msgstr "Intervall"
+
+#~ msgid "Email Address"
+#~ msgstr "E-Mail-Adresse"
+
+#~ msgid "Severity"
+#~ msgstr "Schweregrad"
+
+#~ msgid "Include Unknown Severity Events"
+#~ msgstr "Ereignisse mit unbekanntem Schweregrad aufnehmen"
+
+#~ msgid "Summary Notification"
+#~ msgstr "Zusammenfassungsbenachrichtigung"
+
+#~ msgid "Verbose Notification"
+#~ msgstr "Ausführliche Benachrichtigung"
+
+#~ msgid "An email address is required for each selected notification method."
+#~ msgstr "Für jede ausgewählte Benachrichtigungsmethode muss eine
E-Mail-Adresse angegeben werden."
+
+#~ msgid "Configuration failed for the following operations: "
+#~ msgstr "Konfiguration für folgende Vorgänge nicht möglich:"
+
+#~ msgid "Notification is enabled"
+#~ msgstr "Die Benachrichtigung ist aktiviert"
+
+#~ msgid "Notification is disabled"
+#~ msgstr "Die Benachrichtigung ist deaktiviert"
+
+#~ msgid "AppArmor is disabled"
+#~ msgstr "AppArmor ist deaktiviert"
+
+#~ msgid "AppArmor is enabled"
+#~ msgstr "AppArmor ist aktiviert"
+
+#~ msgid "Failed copying %s."
+#~ msgstr "Fehler beim Kopieren von '%s'."


< Previous Next >
This Thread
  • No further messages